xref: /sqlite-3.40.0/src/pager.c (revision a8e41eca)
1 /*
2 ** 2001 September 15
3 **
4 ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
5 ** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
6 **
7 **    May you do good and not evil.
8 **    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
9 **    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
10 **
11 *************************************************************************
12 ** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager".
13 **
14 ** The pager is used to access a database disk file.  It implements
15 ** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that
16 ** is separate from the database file.  The pager also implements file
17 ** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database
18 ** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while
19 ** another is writing.
20 */
21 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
22 #include "sqliteInt.h"
23 #include "wal.h"
24 
25 
26 /******************* NOTES ON THE DESIGN OF THE PAGER ************************
27 **
28 ** This comment block describes invariants that hold when using a rollback
29 ** journal.  These invariants do not apply for journal_mode=WAL,
30 ** journal_mode=MEMORY, or journal_mode=OFF.
31 **
32 ** Within this comment block, a page is deemed to have been synced
33 ** automatically as soon as it is written when PRAGMA synchronous=OFF.
34 ** Otherwise, the page is not synced until the xSync method of the VFS
35 ** is called successfully on the file containing the page.
36 **
37 ** Definition:  A page of the database file is said to be "overwriteable" if
38 ** one or more of the following are true about the page:
39 **
40 **     (a)  The original content of the page as it was at the beginning of
41 **          the transaction has been written into the rollback journal and
42 **          synced.
43 **
44 **     (b)  The page was a freelist leaf page at the start of the transaction.
45 **
46 **     (c)  The page number is greater than the largest page that existed in
47 **          the database file at the start of the transaction.
48 **
49 ** (1) A page of the database file is never overwritten unless one of the
50 **     following are true:
51 **
52 **     (a) The page and all other pages on the same sector are overwriteable.
53 **
54 **     (b) The atomic page write optimization is enabled, and the entire
55 **         transaction other than the update of the transaction sequence
56 **         number consists of a single page change.
57 **
58 ** (2) The content of a page written into the rollback journal exactly matches
59 **     both the content in the database when the rollback journal was written
60 **     and the content in the database at the beginning of the current
61 **     transaction.
62 **
63 ** (3) Writes to the database file are an integer multiple of the page size
64 **     in length and are aligned on a page boundary.
65 **
66 ** (4) Reads from the database file are either aligned on a page boundary and
67 **     an integer multiple of the page size in length or are taken from the
68 **     first 100 bytes of the database file.
69 **
70 ** (5) All writes to the database file are synced prior to the rollback journal
71 **     being deleted, truncated, or zeroed.
72 **
73 ** (6) If a master journal file is used, then all writes to the database file
74 **     are synced prior to the master journal being deleted.
75 **
76 ** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time)
77 ** are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to
78 ** all queries.  Note in particular the content of freelist leaf
79 ** pages can be changed arbitrarily without affecting the logical equivalence
80 ** of the database.
81 **
82 ** (7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set,
83 **     of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the
84 **     journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logically
85 **     equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction.
86 **
87 ** (8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS
88 **     is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at
89 **     the beginning of the transaction.  (In some VFSes, the xTruncate
90 **     method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will
91 **     invoke it.)
92 **
93 ** (9) Whenever the database file is modified, at least one bit in the range
94 **     of bytes from 24 through 39 inclusive will be changed prior to releasing
95 **     the EXCLUSIVE lock, thus signaling other connections on the same
96 **     database to flush their caches.
97 **
98 ** (10) The pattern of bits in bytes 24 through 39 shall not repeat in less
99 **      than one billion transactions.
100 **
101 ** (11) A database file is well-formed at the beginning and at the conclusion
102 **      of every transaction.
103 **
104 ** (12) An EXCLUSIVE lock is held on the database file when writing to
105 **      the database file.
106 **
107 ** (13) A SHARED lock is held on the database file while reading any
108 **      content out of the database file.
109 **
110 ******************************************************************************/
111 
112 /*
113 ** Macros for troubleshooting.  Normally turned off
114 */
115 #if 0
116 int sqlite3PagerTrace=1;  /* True to enable tracing */
117 #define sqlite3DebugPrintf printf
118 #define PAGERTRACE(X)     if( sqlite3PagerTrace ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf X; }
119 #else
120 #define PAGERTRACE(X)
121 #endif
122 
123 /*
124 ** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACE() macros above
125 ** to print out file-descriptors.
126 **
127 ** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The
128 ** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file
129 ** struct as its argument.
130 */
131 #define PAGERID(p) (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(p->fd))
132 #define FILEHANDLEID(fd) (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(fd))
133 
134 /*
135 ** The Pager.eState variable stores the current 'state' of a pager. A
136 ** pager may be in any one of the seven states shown in the following
137 ** state diagram.
138 **
139 **                            OPEN <------+------+
140 **                              |         |      |
141 **                              V         |      |
142 **               +---------> READER-------+      |
143 **               |              |                |
144 **               |              V                |
145 **               |<-------WRITER_LOCKED------> ERROR
146 **               |              |                ^
147 **               |              V                |
148 **               |<------WRITER_CACHEMOD-------->|
149 **               |              |                |
150 **               |              V                |
151 **               |<-------WRITER_DBMOD---------->|
152 **               |              |                |
153 **               |              V                |
154 **               +<------WRITER_FINISHED-------->+
155 **
156 **
157 ** List of state transitions and the C [function] that performs each:
158 **
159 **   OPEN              -> READER              [sqlite3PagerSharedLock]
160 **   READER            -> OPEN                [pager_unlock]
161 **
162 **   READER            -> WRITER_LOCKED       [sqlite3PagerBegin]
163 **   WRITER_LOCKED     -> WRITER_CACHEMOD     [pager_open_journal]
164 **   WRITER_CACHEMOD   -> WRITER_DBMOD        [syncJournal]
165 **   WRITER_DBMOD      -> WRITER_FINISHED     [sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne]
166 **   WRITER_***        -> READER              [pager_end_transaction]
167 **
168 **   WRITER_***        -> ERROR               [pager_error]
169 **   ERROR             -> OPEN                [pager_unlock]
170 **
171 **
172 **  OPEN:
173 **
174 **    The pager starts up in this state. Nothing is guaranteed in this
175 **    state - the file may or may not be locked and the database size is
176 **    unknown. The database may not be read or written.
177 **
178 **    * No read or write transaction is active.
179 **    * Any lock, or no lock at all, may be held on the database file.
180 **    * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables may not be trusted.
181 **
182 **  READER:
183 **
184 **    In this state all the requirements for reading the database in
185 **    rollback (non-WAL) mode are met. Unless the pager is (or recently
186 **    was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is
187 **    open. The database size is known in this state.
188 **
189 **    A connection running with locking_mode=normal enters this state when
190 **    it opens a read-transaction on the database and returns to state
191 **    OPEN after the read-transaction is completed. However a connection
192 **    running in locking_mode=exclusive (including temp databases) remains in
193 **    this state even after the read-transaction is closed. The only way
194 **    a locking_mode=exclusive connection can transition from READER to OPEN
195 **    is via the ERROR state (see below).
196 **
197 **    * A read transaction may be active (but a write-transaction cannot).
198 **    * A SHARED or greater lock is held on the database file.
199 **    * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read
200 **      transaction is not active). The dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables
201 **      may not be trusted at this point.
202 **    * If the database is a WAL database, then the WAL connection is open.
203 **    * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that
204 **      there is no hot-journal in the file-system.
205 **
206 **  WRITER_LOCKED:
207 **
208 **    The pager moves to this state from READER when a write-transaction
209 **    is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks
210 **    required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual
211 **    modifications to the cache or database have taken place.
212 **
213 **    In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with
214 **    BEGIN EXCLUSIVE) EXCLUSIVE lock is obtained on the database file when
215 **    moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened
216 **    to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while
217 **    in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database
218 **    file.
219 **
220 **    IN WAL mode, WalBeginWriteTransaction() is called to lock the log file.
221 **    If the connection is running with locking_mode=exclusive, an attempt
222 **    is made to obtain an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file.
223 **
224 **    * A write transaction is active.
225 **    * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater
226 **      lock is held on the database file.
227 **    * If the connection is open in WAL-mode, a WAL write transaction
228 **      is open (i.e. sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction() has been successfully
229 **      called).
230 **    * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables are all valid.
231 **    * The contents of the pager cache have not been modified.
232 **    * The journal file may or may not be open.
233 **    * Nothing (not even the first header) has been written to the journal.
234 **
235 **  WRITER_CACHEMOD:
236 **
237 **    A pager moves from WRITER_LOCKED state to this state when a page is
238 **    first modified by the upper layer. In rollback mode the journal file
239 **    is opened (if it is not already open) and a header written to the
240 **    start of it. The database file on disk has not been modified.
241 **
242 **    * A write transaction is active.
243 **    * A RESERVED or greater lock is held on the database file.
244 **    * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
245 **      to it, but the header has not been synced to disk.
246 **    * The contents of the page cache have been modified.
247 **
248 **  WRITER_DBMOD:
249 **
250 **    The pager transitions from WRITER_CACHEMOD into WRITER_DBMOD state
251 **    when it modifies the contents of the database file. WAL connections
252 **    never enter this state (since they do not modify the database file,
253 **    just the log file).
254 **
255 **    * A write transaction is active.
256 **    * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
257 **    * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
258 **      and synced to disk.
259 **    * The contents of the page cache have been modified (and possibly
260 **      written to disk).
261 **
262 **  WRITER_FINISHED:
263 **
264 **    It is not possible for a WAL connection to enter this state.
265 **
266 **    A rollback-mode pager changes to WRITER_FINISHED state from WRITER_DBMOD
267 **    state after the entire transaction has been successfully written into the
268 **    database file. In this state the transaction may be committed simply
269 **    by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is
270 **    not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper
271 **    layer must either commit or rollback the transaction.
272 **
273 **    * A write transaction is active.
274 **    * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
275 **    * All writing and syncing of journal and database data has finished.
276 **      If no error occurred, all that remains is to finalize the journal to
277 **      commit the transaction. If an error did occur, the caller will need
278 **      to rollback the transaction.
279 **
280 **  ERROR:
281 **
282 **    The ERROR state is entered when an IO or disk-full error (including
283 **    SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it
284 **    difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents,
285 **    db size etc.) are consistent with the contents of the file-system.
286 **
287 **    Temporary pager files may enter the ERROR state, but in-memory pagers
288 **    cannot.
289 **
290 **    For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback,
291 **    the contents of the page-cache may be left in an inconsistent state.
292 **    At this point it would be dangerous to change back to READER state
293 **    (as usually happens after a rollback). Any subsequent readers might
294 **    report database corruption (due to the inconsistent cache), and if
295 **    they upgrade to writers, they may inadvertently corrupt the database
296 **    file. To avoid this hazard, the pager switches into the ERROR state
297 **    instead of READER following such an error.
298 **
299 **    Once it has entered the ERROR state, any attempt to use the pager
300 **    to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all
301 **    outstanding transactions have been abandoned, the pager is able to
302 **    transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the
303 **    page-cache and any other in-memory state at the same time. Everything
304 **    is reloaded from disk (and, if necessary, hot-journal rollback peformed)
305 **    when a read-transaction is next opened on the pager (transitioning
306 **    the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered
307 **    from the error.
308 **
309 **    Specifically, the pager jumps into the ERROR state if:
310 **
311 **      1. An error occurs while attempting a rollback. This happens in
312 **         function sqlite3PagerRollback().
313 **
314 **      2. An error occurs while attempting to finalize a journal file
315 **         following a commit in function sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo().
316 **
317 **      3. An error occurs while attempting to write to the journal or
318 **         database file in function pagerStress() in order to free up
319 **         memory.
320 **
321 **    In other cases, the error is returned to the b-tree layer. The b-tree
322 **    layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition
323 **    persists, the pager enters the ERROR state via condition (1) above.
324 **
325 **    Condition (3) is necessary because it can be triggered by a read-only
326 **    statement executed within a transaction. In this case, if the error
327 **    code were simply returned to the user, the b-tree layer would not
328 **    automatically attempt a rollback, as it assumes that an error in a
329 **    read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent
330 **    state.
331 **
332 **    * The Pager.errCode variable is set to something other than SQLITE_OK.
333 **    * There are one or more outstanding references to pages (after the
334 **      last reference is dropped the pager should move back to OPEN state).
335 **    * The pager is not an in-memory pager.
336 **
337 **
338 ** Notes:
339 **
340 **   * A pager is never in WRITER_DBMOD or WRITER_FINISHED state if the
341 **     connection is open in WAL mode. A WAL connection is always in one
342 **     of the first four states.
343 **
344 **   * Normally, a connection open in exclusive mode is never in PAGER_OPEN
345 **     state. There are two exceptions: immediately after exclusive-mode has
346 **     been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are
347 **     executed), and when the pager is leaving the "error state".
348 **
349 **   * See also: assert_pager_state().
350 */
351 #define PAGER_OPEN                  0
352 #define PAGER_READER                1
353 #define PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED         2
354 #define PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD       3
355 #define PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD          4
356 #define PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED       5
357 #define PAGER_ERROR                 6
358 
359 /*
360 ** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the
361 ** following locking-states, according to the lock currently held on
362 ** the database file: NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
363 ** This variable is kept up to date as locks are taken and released by
364 ** the pagerLockDb() and pagerUnlockDb() wrappers.
365 **
366 ** If the VFS xLock() or xUnlock() returns an error other than SQLITE_BUSY
367 ** (i.e. one of the SQLITE_IOERR subtypes), it is not clear whether or not
368 ** the operation was successful. In these circumstances pagerLockDb() and
369 ** pagerUnlockDb() take a conservative approach - eLock is always updated
370 ** when unlocking the file, and only updated when locking the file if the
371 ** VFS call is successful. This way, the Pager.eLock variable may be set
372 ** to a less exclusive (lower) value than the lock that is actually held
373 ** at the system level, but it is never set to a more exclusive value.
374 **
375 ** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may
376 ** be a few redundant xLock() calls or a lock may be held for longer than
377 ** required, but nothing really goes wrong.
378 **
379 ** The exception is when the database file is unlocked as the pager moves
380 ** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file
381 ** in the file-system that needs to be rolled back (as part of an OPEN->SHARED
382 ** transition, by the same pager or any other). If the call to xUnlock()
383 ** fails at this point and the pager is left holding an EXCLUSIVE lock, this
384 ** can confuse the call to xCheckReservedLock() call made later as part
385 ** of hot-journal detection.
386 **
387 ** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED
388 ** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may
389 ** return true because the caller itself is holding an EXCLUSIVE lock (but
390 ** doesn't know it because of a previous error in xUnlock). If this happens
391 ** a hot-journal may be mistaken for a journal being created by an active
392 ** transaction in another process, causing SQLite to read from the database
393 ** without rolling it back.
394 **
395 ** To work around this, if a call to xUnlock() fails when unlocking the
396 ** database in the ERROR state, Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK. It
397 ** is only changed back to a real locking state after a successful call
398 ** to xLock(EXCLUSIVE). Also, the code to do the OPEN->SHARED state transition
399 ** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK
400 ** lock. Instead, it assumes a hot-journal exists and obtains an EXCLUSIVE
401 ** lock on the database file before attempting to roll it back. See function
402 ** PagerSharedLock() for more detail.
403 **
404 ** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in
405 ** PAGER_OPEN state.
406 */
407 #define UNKNOWN_LOCK                (EXCLUSIVE_LOCK+1)
408 
409 /*
410 ** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method
411 ** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead.
412 ** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on
413 ** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit.
414 */
415 #define MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 0x10000
416 
417 
418 /*
419 ** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each active
420 ** savepoint and statement transaction in the system. All such structures
421 ** are stored in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array, which is allocated and
422 ** resized using sqlite3Realloc().
423 **
424 ** When a savepoint is created, the PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset field is
425 ** set to 0. If a journal-header is written into the main journal while
426 ** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset
427 ** immediately following the last journal record written into the main
428 ** journal before the journal-header. This is required during savepoint
429 ** rollback (see pagerPlaybackSavepoint()).
430 */
431 typedef struct PagerSavepoint PagerSavepoint;
432 struct PagerSavepoint {
433   i64 iOffset;                 /* Starting offset in main journal */
434   i64 iHdrOffset;              /* See above */
435   Bitvec *pInSavepoint;        /* Set of pages in this savepoint */
436   Pgno nOrig;                  /* Original number of pages in file */
437   Pgno iSubRec;                /* Index of first record in sub-journal */
438 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
439   u32 aWalData[WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA];        /* WAL savepoint context */
440 #endif
441 };
442 
443 /*
444 ** Bits of the Pager.doNotSpill flag.  See further description below.
445 */
446 #define SPILLFLAG_OFF         0x01 /* Never spill cache.  Set via pragma */
447 #define SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK    0x02 /* Current rolling back, so do not spill */
448 #define SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC      0x04 /* Spill is ok, but do not sync */
449 
450 /*
451 ** An open page cache is an instance of struct Pager. A description of
452 ** some of the more important member variables follows:
453 **
454 ** eState
455 **
456 **   The current 'state' of the pager object. See the comment and state
457 **   diagram above for a description of the pager state.
458 **
459 ** eLock
460 **
461 **   For a real on-disk database, the current lock held on the database file -
462 **   NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
463 **
464 **   For a temporary or in-memory database (neither of which require any
465 **   locks), this variable is always set to EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. Since such
466 **   databases always have Pager.exclusiveMode==1, this tricks the pager
467 **   logic into thinking that it already has all the locks it will ever
468 **   need (and no reason to release them).
469 **
470 **   In some (obscure) circumstances, this variable may also be set to
471 **   UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for
472 **   details.
473 **
474 ** changeCountDone
475 **
476 **   This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter
477 **   (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is
478 **   not updated more often than necessary.
479 **
480 **   It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which
481 **   can only happen if an exclusive lock is held on the database file.
482 **   It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is
483 **   relinquished on the database file. Each time a transaction is committed,
484 **   The changeCountDone flag is inspected. If it is true, the work of
485 **   updating the change-counter is omitted for the current transaction.
486 **
487 **   This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection
488 **   need only update the change-counter once, for the first transaction
489 **   committed.
490 **
491 ** setMaster
492 **
493 **   When PagerCommitPhaseOne() is called to commit a transaction, it may
494 **   (or may not) specify a master-journal name to be written into the
495 **   journal file before it is synced to disk.
496 **
497 **   Whether or not a journal file contains a master-journal pointer affects
498 **   the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is
499 **   committed or rolled back when running in "journal_mode=PERSIST" mode.
500 **   If a journal file does not contain a master-journal pointer, it is
501 **   finalized by overwriting the first journal header with zeroes. If
502 **   it does contain a master-journal pointer the journal file is finalized
503 **   by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were
504 **   running in "journal_mode=truncate" mode.
505 **
506 **   Journal files that contain master journal pointers cannot be finalized
507 **   simply by overwriting the first journal-header with zeroes, as the
508 **   master journal pointer could interfere with hot-journal rollback of any
509 **   subsequently interrupted transaction that reuses the journal file.
510 **
511 **   The flag is cleared as soon as the journal file is finalized (either
512 **   by PagerCommitPhaseTwo or PagerRollback). If an IO error prevents the
513 **   journal file from being successfully finalized, the setMaster flag
514 **   is cleared anyway (and the pager will move to ERROR state).
515 **
516 ** doNotSpill
517 **
518 **   This variables control the behavior of cache-spills  (calls made by
519 **   the pcache module to the pagerStress() routine to write cached data
520 **   to the file-system in order to free up memory).
521 **
522 **   When bits SPILLFLAG_OFF or SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK of doNotSpill are set,
523 **   writing to the database from pagerStress() is disabled altogether.
524 **   The SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK case is done in a very obscure case that
525 **   comes up during savepoint rollback that requires the pcache module
526 **   to allocate a new page to prevent the journal file from being written
527 **   while it is being traversed by code in pager_playback().  The SPILLFLAG_OFF
528 **   case is a user preference.
529 **
530 **   If the SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC bit is set, writing to the database from
531 **   pagerStress() is permitted, but syncing the journal file is not.
532 **   This flag is set by sqlite3PagerWrite() when the file-system sector-size
533 **   is larger than the database page-size in order to prevent a journal sync
534 **   from happening in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector.
535 **
536 ** subjInMemory
537 **
538 **   This is a boolean variable. If true, then any required sub-journal
539 **   is opened as an in-memory journal file. If false, then in-memory
540 **   sub-journals are only used for in-memory pager files.
541 **
542 **   This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new
543 **   write-transaction is opened.
544 **
545 ** dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize
546 **
547 **   Variable dbSize is set to the number of pages in the database file.
548 **   It is valid in PAGER_READER and higher states (all states except for
549 **   OPEN and ERROR).
550 **
551 **   dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be
552 **   larger than the size of the database (the value stored at offset
553 **   28 of the database header by the btree). If the size of the file
554 **   is not an integer multiple of the page-size, the value stored in
555 **   dbSize is rounded down (i.e. a 5KB file with 2K page-size has dbSize==2).
556 **   Except, any file that is greater than 0 bytes in size is considered
557 **   to have at least one page. (i.e. a 1KB file with 2K page-size leads
558 **   to dbSize==1).
559 **
560 **   During a write-transaction, if pages with page-numbers greater than
561 **   dbSize are modified in the cache, dbSize is updated accordingly.
562 **   Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(),
563 **   dbSize is updated.
564 **
565 **   Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states
566 **   PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED and higher. dbOrigSize is a copy of the dbSize
567 **   variable at the start of the transaction. It is used during rollback,
568 **   and to determine whether or not pages need to be journalled before
569 **   being modified.
570 **
571 **   Throughout a write-transaction, dbFileSize contains the size of
572 **   the file on disk in pages. It is set to a copy of dbSize when the
573 **   write-transaction is first opened, and updated when VFS calls are made
574 **   to write or truncate the database file on disk.
575 **
576 **   The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress
577 **   unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If,
578 **   when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates
579 **   that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize),
580 **   pager_truncate() is called. The pager_truncate() call uses xFilesize()
581 **   to measure the database file on disk, and then truncates it if required.
582 **   dbFileSize is not used when rolling back a transaction. In this case
583 **   pager_truncate() is called unconditionally (which means there may be
584 **   a call to xFilesize() that is not strictly required). In either case,
585 **   pager_truncate() may cause the file to become smaller or larger.
586 **
587 ** dbHintSize
588 **
589 **   The dbHintSize variable is used to limit the number of calls made to
590 **   the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method.
591 **
592 **   dbHintSize is set to a copy of the dbSize variable when a
593 **   write-transaction is opened (at the same time as dbFileSize and
594 **   dbOrigSize). If the xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method is called,
595 **   dbHintSize is increased to the number of pages that correspond to the
596 **   size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for
597 **   details.
598 **
599 ** errCode
600 **
601 **   The Pager.errCode variable is only ever used in PAGER_ERROR state. It
602 **   is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode
603 **   is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX
604 **   sub-codes.
605 **
606 ** syncFlags, walSyncFlags
607 **
608 **   syncFlags is either SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL (0x02) or SQLITE_SYNC_FULL (0x03).
609 **   syncFlags is used for rollback mode.  walSyncFlags is used for WAL mode
610 **   and contains the flags used to sync the checkpoint operations in the
611 **   lower two bits, and sync flags used for transaction commits in the WAL
612 **   file in bits 0x04 and 0x08.  In other words, to get the correct sync flags
613 **   for checkpoint operations, use (walSyncFlags&0x03) and to get the correct
614 **   sync flags for transaction commit, use ((walSyncFlags>>2)&0x03).  Note
615 **   that with synchronous=NORMAL in WAL mode, transaction commit is not synced
616 **   meaning that the 0x04 and 0x08 bits are both zero.
617 */
618 struct Pager {
619   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;          /* OS functions to use for IO */
620   u8 exclusiveMode;           /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */
621   u8 journalMode;             /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */
622   u8 useJournal;              /* Use a rollback journal on this file */
623   u8 noSync;                  /* Do not sync the journal if true */
624   u8 fullSync;                /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */
625   u8 extraSync;               /* sync directory after journal delete */
626   u8 syncFlags;               /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL otherwise */
627   u8 walSyncFlags;            /* See description above */
628   u8 tempFile;                /* zFilename is a temporary or immutable file */
629   u8 noLock;                  /* Do not lock (except in WAL mode) */
630   u8 readOnly;                /* True for a read-only database */
631   u8 memDb;                   /* True to inhibit all file I/O */
632 
633   /**************************************************************************
634   ** The following block contains those class members that change during
635   ** routine operation.  Class members not in this block are either fixed
636   ** when the pager is first created or else only change when there is a
637   ** significant mode change (such as changing the page_size, locking_mode,
638   ** or the journal_mode).  From another view, these class members describe
639   ** the "state" of the pager, while other class members describe the
640   ** "configuration" of the pager.
641   */
642   u8 eState;                  /* Pager state (OPEN, READER, WRITER_LOCKED..) */
643   u8 eLock;                   /* Current lock held on database file */
644   u8 changeCountDone;         /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */
645   u8 setMaster;               /* True if a m-j name has been written to jrnl */
646   u8 doNotSpill;              /* Do not spill the cache when non-zero */
647   u8 subjInMemory;            /* True to use in-memory sub-journals */
648   u8 bUseFetch;               /* True to use xFetch() */
649   u8 hasHeldSharedLock;       /* True if a shared lock has ever been held */
650   Pgno dbSize;                /* Number of pages in the database */
651   Pgno dbOrigSize;            /* dbSize before the current transaction */
652   Pgno dbFileSize;            /* Number of pages in the database file */
653   Pgno dbHintSize;            /* Value passed to FCNTL_SIZE_HINT call */
654   int errCode;                /* One of several kinds of errors */
655   int nRec;                   /* Pages journalled since last j-header written */
656   u32 cksumInit;              /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */
657   u32 nSubRec;                /* Number of records written to sub-journal */
658   Bitvec *pInJournal;         /* One bit for each page in the database file */
659   sqlite3_file *fd;           /* File descriptor for database */
660   sqlite3_file *jfd;          /* File descriptor for main journal */
661   sqlite3_file *sjfd;         /* File descriptor for sub-journal */
662   i64 journalOff;             /* Current write offset in the journal file */
663   i64 journalHdr;             /* Byte offset to previous journal header */
664   sqlite3_backup *pBackup;    /* Pointer to list of ongoing backup processes */
665   PagerSavepoint *aSavepoint; /* Array of active savepoints */
666   int nSavepoint;             /* Number of elements in aSavepoint[] */
667   u32 iDataVersion;           /* Changes whenever database content changes */
668   char dbFileVers[16];        /* Changes whenever database file changes */
669 
670   int nMmapOut;               /* Number of mmap pages currently outstanding */
671   sqlite3_int64 szMmap;       /* Desired maximum mmap size */
672   PgHdr *pMmapFreelist;       /* List of free mmap page headers (pDirty) */
673   /*
674   ** End of the routinely-changing class members
675   ***************************************************************************/
676 
677   u16 nExtra;                 /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */
678   i16 nReserve;               /* Number of unused bytes at end of each page */
679   u32 vfsFlags;               /* Flags for sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
680   u32 sectorSize;             /* Assumed sector size during rollback */
681   int pageSize;               /* Number of bytes in a page */
682   Pgno mxPgno;                /* Maximum allowed size of the database */
683   i64 journalSizeLimit;       /* Size limit for persistent journal files */
684   char *zFilename;            /* Name of the database file */
685   char *zJournal;             /* Name of the journal file */
686   int (*xBusyHandler)(void*); /* Function to call when busy */
687   void *pBusyHandlerArg;      /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
688   int aStat[4];               /* Total cache hits, misses, writes, spills */
689 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
690   int nRead;                  /* Database pages read */
691 #endif
692   void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */
693   int (*xGet)(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int); /* Routine to fetch a patch */
694   char *pTmpSpace;            /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */
695   PCache *pPCache;            /* Pointer to page cache object */
696 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
697   Wal *pWal;                  /* Write-ahead log used by "journal_mode=wal" */
698   char *zWal;                 /* File name for write-ahead log */
699 #endif
700 };
701 
702 /*
703 ** Indexes for use with Pager.aStat[]. The Pager.aStat[] array contains
704 ** the values accessed by passing SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, CACHE_MISS
705 ** or CACHE_WRITE to sqlite3_db_status().
706 */
707 #define PAGER_STAT_HIT   0
708 #define PAGER_STAT_MISS  1
709 #define PAGER_STAT_WRITE 2
710 #define PAGER_STAT_SPILL 3
711 
712 /*
713 ** The following global variables hold counters used for
714 ** testing purposes only.  These variables do not exist in
715 ** a non-testing build.  These variables are not thread-safe.
716 */
717 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
718 int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count = 0;    /* Number of full pages read from DB */
719 int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count = 0;   /* Number of full pages written to DB */
720 int sqlite3_pager_writej_count = 0;    /* Number of pages written to journal */
721 # define PAGER_INCR(v)  v++
722 #else
723 # define PAGER_INCR(v)
724 #endif
725 
726 
727 
728 /*
729 ** Journal files begin with the following magic string.  The data
730 ** was obtained from /dev/random.  It is used only as a sanity check.
731 **
732 ** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity
733 ** checking information.  If the power fails while the journal is being
734 ** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal
735 ** file after power is restored.  If an attempt is then made
736 ** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted.  The additional
737 ** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the
738 ** journal and ignore it.
739 **
740 ** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists
741 ** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data.  The checksum covers both
742 ** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page.
743 ** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the
744 ** journal file right after the header.  The random initializer is important,
745 ** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely
746 ** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted.  If the
747 ** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might
748 ** be correct.  But by initializing the checksum to random value which
749 ** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk.
750 */
751 static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = {
752   0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7,
753 };
754 
755 /*
756 ** The size of the of each page record in the journal is given by
757 ** the following macro.
758 */
759 #define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)  ((pPager->pageSize) + 8)
760 
761 /*
762 ** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same
763 ** size as a single disk sector. See also setSectorSize().
764 */
765 #define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize)
766 
767 /*
768 ** The macro MEMDB is true if we are dealing with an in-memory database.
769 ** We do this as a macro so that if the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB macro is set,
770 ** the value of MEMDB will be a constant and the compiler will optimize
771 ** out code that would never execute.
772 */
773 #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
774 # define MEMDB 0
775 #else
776 # define MEMDB pPager->memDb
777 #endif
778 
779 /*
780 ** The macro USEFETCH is true if we are allowed to use the xFetch and xUnfetch
781 ** interfaces to access the database using memory-mapped I/O.
782 */
783 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
784 # define USEFETCH(x) ((x)->bUseFetch)
785 #else
786 # define USEFETCH(x) 0
787 #endif
788 
789 /*
790 ** The maximum legal page number is (2^31 - 1).
791 */
792 #define PAGER_MAX_PGNO 2147483647
793 
794 /*
795 ** The argument to this macro is a file descriptor (type sqlite3_file*).
796 ** Return 0 if it is not open, or non-zero (but not 1) if it is.
797 **
798 ** This is so that expressions can be written as:
799 **
800 **   if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ ...
801 **
802 ** instead of
803 **
804 **   if( pPager->jfd->pMethods ){ ...
805 */
806 #define isOpen(pFd) ((pFd)->pMethods!=0)
807 
808 #ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ
809 /*
810 ** Return true if page pgno can be read directly from the database file
811 ** by the b-tree layer. This is the case if:
812 **
813 **   * the database file is open,
814 **   * there are no dirty pages in the cache, and
815 **   * the desired page is not currently in the wal file.
816 */
817 int sqlite3PagerDirectReadOk(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
818   if( pPager->fd->pMethods==0 ) return 0;
819   if( sqlite3PCacheIsDirty(pPager->pPCache) ) return 0;
820 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
821   if( pPager->pWal ){
822     u32 iRead = 0;
823     int rc;
824     rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iRead);
825     return (rc==SQLITE_OK && iRead==0);
826   }
827 #endif
828   return 1;
829 }
830 #endif
831 
832 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
833 # define pagerUseWal(x) ((x)->pWal!=0)
834 #else
835 # define pagerUseWal(x) 0
836 # define pagerRollbackWal(x) 0
837 # define pagerWalFrames(v,w,x,y) 0
838 # define pagerOpenWalIfPresent(z) SQLITE_OK
839 # define pagerBeginReadTransaction(z) SQLITE_OK
840 #endif
841 
842 #ifndef NDEBUG
843 /*
844 ** Usage:
845 **
846 **   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
847 **
848 ** This function runs many asserts to try to find inconsistencies in
849 ** the internal state of the Pager object.
850 */
851 static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){
852   Pager *pPager = p;
853 
854   /* State must be valid. */
855   assert( p->eState==PAGER_OPEN
856        || p->eState==PAGER_READER
857        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
858        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
859        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
860        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
861        || p->eState==PAGER_ERROR
862   );
863 
864   /* Regardless of the current state, a temp-file connection always behaves
865   ** as if it has an exclusive lock on the database file. It never updates
866   ** the change-counter field, so the changeCountDone flag is always set.
867   */
868   assert( p->tempFile==0 || p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
869   assert( p->tempFile==0 || pPager->changeCountDone );
870 
871   /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF".
872   ** And if the journal-mode is "OFF", the journal file must not be open.
873   */
874   assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->useJournal );
875   assert( p->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || !isOpen(p->jfd) );
876 
877   /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since
878   ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter
879   ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing
880   ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may
881   ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It
882   ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR
883   ** state.
884   */
885   if( MEMDB ){
886     assert( !isOpen(p->fd) );
887     assert( p->noSync );
888     assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
889          || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
890     );
891     assert( p->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && p->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );
892     assert( pagerUseWal(p)==0 );
893   }
894 
895   /* If changeCountDone is set, a RESERVED lock or greater must be held
896   ** on the file.
897   */
898   assert( pPager->changeCountDone==0 || pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
899   assert( p->eLock!=PENDING_LOCK );
900 
901   switch( p->eState ){
902     case PAGER_OPEN:
903       assert( !MEMDB );
904       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
905       assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 || pPager->tempFile );
906       break;
907 
908     case PAGER_READER:
909       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
910       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
911       assert( p->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
912       break;
913 
914     case PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED:
915       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
916       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
917       if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
918         assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
919       }
920       assert( pPager->dbSize==pPager->dbOrigSize );
921       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
922       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
923       assert( pPager->setMaster==0 );
924       break;
925 
926     case PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD:
927       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
928       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
929       if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
930         /* It is possible that if journal_mode=wal here that neither the
931         ** journal file nor the WAL file are open. This happens during
932         ** a rollback transaction that switches from journal_mode=off
933         ** to journal_mode=wal.
934         */
935         assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
936         assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
937              || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
938              || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
939         );
940       }
941       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
942       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
943       break;
944 
945     case PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD:
946       assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
947       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
948       assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
949       assert( p->eLock>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
950       assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
951            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
952            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
953            || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(p->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC)
954       );
955       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize<=pPager->dbHintSize );
956       break;
957 
958     case PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED:
959       assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
960       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
961       assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
962       assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
963            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
964            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
965            || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(p->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC)
966       );
967       break;
968 
969     case PAGER_ERROR:
970       /* There must be at least one outstanding reference to the pager if
971       ** in ERROR state. Otherwise the pager should have already dropped
972       ** back to OPEN state.
973       */
974       assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK );
975       assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 || pPager->tempFile );
976       break;
977   }
978 
979   return 1;
980 }
981 #endif /* ifndef NDEBUG */
982 
983 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
984 /*
985 ** Return a pointer to a human readable string in a static buffer
986 ** containing the state of the Pager object passed as an argument. This
987 ** is intended to be used within debuggers. For example, as an alternative
988 ** to "print *pPager" in gdb:
989 **
990 ** (gdb) printf "%s", print_pager_state(pPager)
991 **
992 ** This routine has external linkage in order to suppress compiler warnings
993 ** about an unused function.  It is enclosed within SQLITE_DEBUG and so does
994 ** not appear in normal builds.
995 */
996 char *print_pager_state(Pager *p){
997   static char zRet[1024];
998 
999   sqlite3_snprintf(1024, zRet,
1000       "Filename:      %s\n"
1001       "State:         %s errCode=%d\n"
1002       "Lock:          %s\n"
1003       "Locking mode:  locking_mode=%s\n"
1004       "Journal mode:  journal_mode=%s\n"
1005       "Backing store: tempFile=%d memDb=%d useJournal=%d\n"
1006       "Journal:       journalOff=%lld journalHdr=%lld\n"
1007       "Size:          dbsize=%d dbOrigSize=%d dbFileSize=%d\n"
1008       , p->zFilename
1009       , p->eState==PAGER_OPEN            ? "OPEN" :
1010         p->eState==PAGER_READER          ? "READER" :
1011         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED   ? "WRITER_LOCKED" :
1012         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ? "WRITER_CACHEMOD" :
1013         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD    ? "WRITER_DBMOD" :
1014         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ? "WRITER_FINISHED" :
1015         p->eState==PAGER_ERROR           ? "ERROR" : "?error?"
1016       , (int)p->errCode
1017       , p->eLock==NO_LOCK         ? "NO_LOCK" :
1018         p->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK   ? "RESERVED" :
1019         p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK  ? "EXCLUSIVE" :
1020         p->eLock==SHARED_LOCK     ? "SHARED" :
1021         p->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK    ? "UNKNOWN" : "?error?"
1022       , p->exclusiveMode ? "exclusive" : "normal"
1023       , p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY   ? "memory" :
1024         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF      ? "off" :
1025         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE   ? "delete" :
1026         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST  ? "persist" :
1027         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ? "truncate" :
1028         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL      ? "wal" : "?error?"
1029       , (int)p->tempFile, (int)p->memDb, (int)p->useJournal
1030       , p->journalOff, p->journalHdr
1031       , (int)p->dbSize, (int)p->dbOrigSize, (int)p->dbFileSize
1032   );
1033 
1034   return zRet;
1035 }
1036 #endif
1037 
1038 /* Forward references to the various page getters */
1039 static int getPageNormal(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int);
1040 static int getPageError(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int);
1041 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
1042 static int getPageMMap(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int);
1043 #endif
1044 
1045 /*
1046 ** Set the Pager.xGet method for the appropriate routine used to fetch
1047 ** content from the pager.
1048 */
1049 static void setGetterMethod(Pager *pPager){
1050   if( pPager->errCode ){
1051     pPager->xGet = getPageError;
1052 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
1053   }else if( USEFETCH(pPager) ){
1054     pPager->xGet = getPageMMap;
1055 #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */
1056   }else{
1057     pPager->xGet = getPageNormal;
1058   }
1059 }
1060 
1061 /*
1062 ** Return true if it is necessary to write page *pPg into the sub-journal.
1063 ** A page needs to be written into the sub-journal if there exists one
1064 ** or more open savepoints for which:
1065 **
1066 **   * The page-number is less than or equal to PagerSavepoint.nOrig, and
1067 **   * The bit corresponding to the page-number is not set in
1068 **     PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint.
1069 */
1070 static int subjRequiresPage(PgHdr *pPg){
1071   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
1072   PagerSavepoint *p;
1073   Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno;
1074   int i;
1075   for(i=0; i<pPager->nSavepoint; i++){
1076     p = &pPager->aSavepoint[i];
1077     if( p->nOrig>=pgno && 0==sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(p->pInSavepoint, pgno) ){
1078       return 1;
1079     }
1080   }
1081   return 0;
1082 }
1083 
1084 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
1085 /*
1086 ** Return true if the page is already in the journal file.
1087 */
1088 static int pageInJournal(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pPg){
1089   return sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
1090 }
1091 #endif
1092 
1093 /*
1094 ** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor.  Store the integer
1095 ** that is read in *pRes.  Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an
1096 ** error code is something goes wrong.
1097 **
1098 ** All values are stored on disk as big-endian.
1099 */
1100 static int read32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 *pRes){
1101   unsigned char ac[4];
1102   int rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, ac, sizeof(ac), offset);
1103   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
1104     *pRes = sqlite3Get4byte(ac);
1105   }
1106   return rc;
1107 }
1108 
1109 /*
1110 ** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order.
1111 */
1112 #define put32bits(A,B)  sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B)
1113 
1114 
1115 /*
1116 ** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor.  Return SQLITE_OK
1117 ** on success or an error code is something goes wrong.
1118 */
1119 static int write32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 val){
1120   char ac[4];
1121   put32bits(ac, val);
1122   return sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4, offset);
1123 }
1124 
1125 /*
1126 ** Unlock the database file to level eLock, which must be either NO_LOCK
1127 ** or SHARED_LOCK. Regardless of whether or not the call to xUnlock()
1128 ** succeeds, set the Pager.eLock variable to match the (attempted) new lock.
1129 **
1130 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
1131 ** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of
1132 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of this.
1133 */
1134 static int pagerUnlockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
1135   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
1136 
1137   assert( !pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->eLock==eLock );
1138   assert( eLock==NO_LOCK || eLock==SHARED_LOCK );
1139   assert( eLock!=NO_LOCK || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
1140   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
1141     assert( pPager->eLock>=eLock );
1142     rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsUnlock(pPager->fd, eLock);
1143     if( pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
1144       pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
1145     }
1146     IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
1147   }
1148   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; /* ticket fb3b3024ea238d5c */
1149   return rc;
1150 }
1151 
1152 /*
1153 ** Lock the database file to level eLock, which must be either SHARED_LOCK,
1154 ** RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. If the caller is successful, set the
1155 ** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state.
1156 **
1157 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
1158 ** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
1159 ** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation
1160 ** of this.
1161 */
1162 static int pagerLockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
1163   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
1164 
1165   assert( eLock==SHARED_LOCK || eLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
1166   if( pPager->eLock<eLock || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
1167     rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, eLock);
1168     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK||eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) ){
1169       pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
1170       IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
1171     }
1172   }
1173   return rc;
1174 }
1175 
1176 /*
1177 ** This function determines whether or not the atomic-write or
1178 ** atomic-batch-write optimizations can be used with this pager. The
1179 ** atomic-write optimization can be used if:
1180 **
1181 **  (a) the value returned by OsDeviceCharacteristics() indicates that
1182 **      a database page may be written atomically, and
1183 **  (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal
1184 **      to the page size.
1185 **
1186 ** If it can be used, then the value returned is the size of the journal
1187 ** file when it contains rollback data for exactly one page.
1188 **
1189 ** The atomic-batch-write optimization can be used if OsDeviceCharacteristics()
1190 ** returns a value with the SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC bit set. -1 is
1191 ** returned in this case.
1192 **
1193 ** If neither optimization can be used, 0 is returned.
1194 */
1195 static int jrnlBufferSize(Pager *pPager){
1196   assert( !MEMDB );
1197 
1198 #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE) \
1199  || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE)
1200   int dc;                           /* Device characteristics */
1201 
1202   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
1203   dc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
1204 #else
1205   UNUSED_PARAMETER(pPager);
1206 #endif
1207 
1208 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
1209   if( pPager->dbSize>0 && (dc&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC) ){
1210     return -1;
1211   }
1212 #endif
1213 
1214 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
1215   {
1216     int nSector = pPager->sectorSize;
1217     int szPage = pPager->pageSize;
1218 
1219     assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
1220     assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
1221     if( 0==(dc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(szPage>>8)) || nSector>szPage) ){
1222       return 0;
1223     }
1224   }
1225 
1226   return JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager);
1227 #endif
1228 
1229   return 0;
1230 }
1231 
1232 /*
1233 ** If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking
1234 ** on the cache using a hash function.  This is used for testing
1235 ** and debugging only.
1236 */
1237 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
1238 /*
1239 ** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage.
1240 */
1241 static u32 pager_datahash(int nByte, unsigned char *pData){
1242   u32 hash = 0;
1243   int i;
1244   for(i=0; i<nByte; i++){
1245     hash = (hash*1039) + pData[i];
1246   }
1247   return hash;
1248 }
1249 static u32 pager_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
1250   return pager_datahash(pPage->pPager->pageSize, (unsigned char *)pPage->pData);
1251 }
1252 static void pager_set_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
1253   pPage->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPage);
1254 }
1255 
1256 /*
1257 ** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
1258 ** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks
1259 ** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash.
1260 */
1261 #define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x)
1262 static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){
1263   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
1264   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
1265   assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) || pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) );
1266 }
1267 
1268 #else
1269 #define pager_datahash(X,Y)  0
1270 #define pager_pagehash(X)  0
1271 #define pager_set_pagehash(X)
1272 #define CHECK_PAGE(x)
1273 #endif  /* SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES */
1274 
1275 /*
1276 ** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open.
1277 ** This function attempts to read a master journal file name from the
1278 ** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied
1279 ** by the caller. See comments above writeMasterJournal() for the format
1280 ** used to store a master journal file name at the end of a journal file.
1281 **
1282 ** zMaster must point to a buffer of at least nMaster bytes allocated by
1283 ** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is
1284 ** enough space to write the master journal name). If the master journal
1285 ** name in the journal is longer than nMaster bytes (including a
1286 ** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no master journal name
1287 ** were present in the journal.
1288 **
1289 ** If a master journal file name is present at the end of the journal
1290 ** file, then it is copied into the buffer pointed to by zMaster. A
1291 ** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the master
1292 ** journal file name.
1293 **
1294 ** If it is determined that no master journal file name is present
1295 ** zMaster[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned.
1296 **
1297 ** If an error occurs while reading from the journal file, an SQLite
1298 ** error code is returned.
1299 */
1300 static int readMasterJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zMaster, u32 nMaster){
1301   int rc;                    /* Return code */
1302   u32 len;                   /* Length in bytes of master journal name */
1303   i64 szJ;                   /* Total size in bytes of journal file pJrnl */
1304   u32 cksum;                 /* MJ checksum value read from journal */
1305   u32 u;                     /* Unsigned loop counter */
1306   unsigned char aMagic[8];   /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
1307   zMaster[0] = '\0';
1308 
1309   if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ))
1310    || szJ<16
1311    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len))
1312    || len>=nMaster
1313    || len>szJ-16
1314    || len==0
1315    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum))
1316    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8))
1317    || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8)
1318    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zMaster, len, szJ-16-len))
1319   ){
1320     return rc;
1321   }
1322 
1323   /* See if the checksum matches the master journal name */
1324   for(u=0; u<len; u++){
1325     cksum -= zMaster[u];
1326   }
1327   if( cksum ){
1328     /* If the checksum doesn't add up, then one or more of the disk sectors
1329     ** containing the master journal filename is corrupted. This means
1330     ** definitely roll back, so just return SQLITE_OK and report a (nul)
1331     ** master-journal filename.
1332     */
1333     len = 0;
1334   }
1335   zMaster[len] = '\0';
1336   zMaster[len+1] = '\0';
1337 
1338   return SQLITE_OK;
1339 }
1340 
1341 /*
1342 ** Return the offset of the sector boundary at or immediately
1343 ** following the value in pPager->journalOff, assuming a sector
1344 ** size of pPager->sectorSize bytes.
1345 **
1346 ** i.e for a sector size of 512:
1347 **
1348 **   Pager.journalOff          Return value
1349 **   ---------------------------------------
1350 **   0                         0
1351 **   512                       512
1352 **   100                       512
1353 **   2000                      2048
1354 **
1355 */
1356 static i64 journalHdrOffset(Pager *pPager){
1357   i64 offset = 0;
1358   i64 c = pPager->journalOff;
1359   if( c ){
1360     offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1361   }
1362   assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 );
1363   assert( offset>=c );
1364   assert( (offset-c)<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
1365   return offset;
1366 }
1367 
1368 /*
1369 ** The journal file must be open when this function is called.
1370 **
1371 ** This function is a no-op if the journal file has not been written to
1372 ** within the current transaction (i.e. if Pager.journalOff==0).
1373 **
1374 ** If doTruncate is non-zero or the Pager.journalSizeLimit variable is
1375 ** set to 0, then truncate the journal file to zero bytes in size. Otherwise,
1376 ** zero the 28-byte header at the start of the journal file. In either case,
1377 ** if the pager is not in no-sync mode, sync the journal file immediately
1378 ** after writing or truncating it.
1379 **
1380 ** If Pager.journalSizeLimit is set to a positive, non-zero value, and
1381 ** following the truncation or zeroing described above the size of the
1382 ** journal file in bytes is larger than this value, then truncate the
1383 ** journal file to Pager.journalSizeLimit bytes. The journal file does
1384 ** not need to be synced following this operation.
1385 **
1386 ** If an IO error occurs, abandon processing and return the IO error code.
1387 ** Otherwise, return SQLITE_OK.
1388 */
1389 static int zeroJournalHdr(Pager *pPager, int doTruncate){
1390   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                               /* Return code */
1391   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
1392   assert( !sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd) );
1393   if( pPager->journalOff ){
1394     const i64 iLimit = pPager->journalSizeLimit;    /* Local cache of jsl */
1395 
1396     IOTRACE(("JZEROHDR %p\n", pPager))
1397     if( doTruncate || iLimit==0 ){
1398       rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
1399     }else{
1400       static const char zeroHdr[28] = {0};
1401       rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zeroHdr, sizeof(zeroHdr), 0);
1402     }
1403     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
1404       rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->syncFlags);
1405     }
1406 
1407     /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock
1408     ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for
1409     ** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more
1410     ** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need
1411     ** to sync the file following this operation.
1412     */
1413     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iLimit>0 ){
1414       i64 sz;
1415       rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &sz);
1416       if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sz>iLimit ){
1417         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, iLimit);
1418       }
1419     }
1420   }
1421   return rc;
1422 }
1423 
1424 /*
1425 ** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal
1426 ** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the
1427 ** current location.
1428 **
1429 ** The format for the journal header is as follows:
1430 ** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format.
1431 ** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on.
1432 ** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash.
1433 ** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count.
1434 ** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal.
1435 ** - 4 bytes: Database page size.
1436 **
1437 ** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space.
1438 */
1439 static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){
1440   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                 /* Return code */
1441   char *zHeader = pPager->pTmpSpace;  /* Temporary space used to build header */
1442   u32 nHeader = (u32)pPager->pageSize;/* Size of buffer pointed to by zHeader */
1443   u32 nWrite;                         /* Bytes of header sector written */
1444   int ii;                             /* Loop counter */
1445 
1446   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );      /* Journal file must be open. */
1447 
1448   if( nHeader>JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
1449     nHeader = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1450   }
1451 
1452   /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created
1453   ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the
1454   ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset fields now.
1455   */
1456   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1457     if( pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset==0 ){
1458       pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset = pPager->journalOff;
1459     }
1460   }
1461 
1462   pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1463 
1464   /*
1465   ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this
1466   ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time.
1467   ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced,
1468   ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number
1469   ** of records (see syncJournal()).
1470   **
1471   ** A faster alternative is to write 0xFFFFFFFF to the nRec field. When
1472   ** reading the journal this value tells SQLite to assume that the
1473   ** rest of the journal file contains valid page records. This assumption
1474   ** is dangerous, as if a failure occurred whilst writing to the journal
1475   ** file it may contain some garbage data. There are two scenarios
1476   ** where this risk can be ignored:
1477   **
1478   **   * When the pager is in no-sync mode. Corruption can follow a
1479   **     power failure in this case anyway.
1480   **
1481   **   * When the SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND flag is set. This guarantees
1482   **     that garbage data is never appended to the journal file.
1483   */
1484   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->noSync );
1485   if( pPager->noSync || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY)
1486    || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND)
1487   ){
1488     memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
1489     put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff);
1490   }else{
1491     memset(zHeader, 0, sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4);
1492   }
1493 
1494   /* The random check-hash initializer */
1495   sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit);
1496   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit);
1497   /* The initial database size */
1498   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+8], pPager->dbOrigSize);
1499   /* The assumed sector size for this process */
1500   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+12], pPager->sectorSize);
1501 
1502   /* The page size */
1503   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+16], pPager->pageSize);
1504 
1505   /* Initializing the tail of the buffer is not necessary.  Everything
1506   ** works find if the following memset() is omitted.  But initializing
1507   ** the memory prevents valgrind from complaining, so we are willing to
1508   ** take the performance hit.
1509   */
1510   memset(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20], 0,
1511          nHeader-(sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20));
1512 
1513   /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the
1514   ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the
1515   ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next
1516   ** record is written to the following sector (leaving a gap in the file
1517   ** that will be implicitly filled in by the OS).
1518   **
1519   ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can
1520   ** be significantly slower than contiguously writing data to the file,
1521   ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of
1522   ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes that will not be used. So that is what
1523   ** is done.
1524   **
1525   ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the
1526   ** database page size. Since the zHeader buffer is only Pager.pageSize
1527   ** bytes in size, more than one call to sqlite3OsWrite() may be required
1528   ** to populate the entire journal header sector.
1529   */
1530   for(nWrite=0; rc==SQLITE_OK&&nWrite<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); nWrite+=nHeader){
1531     IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr, nHeader))
1532     rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, nHeader, pPager->journalOff);
1533     assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
1534     pPager->journalOff += nHeader;
1535   }
1536 
1537   return rc;
1538 }
1539 
1540 /*
1541 ** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file
1542 ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal
1543 ** file. The current location in the journal file is given by
1544 ** pPager->journalOff. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for
1545 ** a description of the journal header format.
1546 **
1547 ** If the header is read successfully, *pNRec is set to the number of
1548 ** page records following this header and *pDbSize is set to the size of the
1549 ** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit
1550 ** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned
1551 ** in this case.
1552 **
1553 ** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is
1554 ** returned and *pNRec and *PDbSize are undefined.  If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes
1555 ** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned.
1556 */
1557 static int readJournalHdr(
1558   Pager *pPager,               /* Pager object */
1559   int isHot,
1560   i64 journalSize,             /* Size of the open journal file in bytes */
1561   u32 *pNRec,                  /* OUT: Value read from the nRec field */
1562   u32 *pDbSize                 /* OUT: Value of original database size field */
1563 ){
1564   int rc;                      /* Return code */
1565   unsigned char aMagic[8];     /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
1566   i64 iHdrOff;                 /* Offset of journal header being read */
1567 
1568   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );      /* Journal file must be open. */
1569 
1570   /* Advance Pager.journalOff to the start of the next sector. If the
1571   ** journal file is too small for there to be a header stored at this
1572   ** point, return SQLITE_DONE.
1573   */
1574   pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1575   if( pPager->journalOff+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) > journalSize ){
1576     return SQLITE_DONE;
1577   }
1578   iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
1579 
1580   /* Read in the first 8 bytes of the journal header. If they do not match
1581   ** the  magic string found at the start of each journal header, return
1582   ** SQLITE_DONE. If an IO error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise,
1583   ** proceed.
1584   */
1585   if( isHot || iHdrOff!=pPager->journalHdr ){
1586     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, sizeof(aMagic), iHdrOff);
1587     if( rc ){
1588       return rc;
1589     }
1590     if( memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aMagic))!=0 ){
1591       return SQLITE_DONE;
1592     }
1593   }
1594 
1595   /* Read the first three 32-bit fields of the journal header: The nRec
1596   ** field, the checksum-initializer and the database size at the start
1597   ** of the transaction. Return an error code if anything goes wrong.
1598   */
1599   if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+8, pNRec))
1600    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+12, &pPager->cksumInit))
1601    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+16, pDbSize))
1602   ){
1603     return rc;
1604   }
1605 
1606   if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
1607     u32 iPageSize;               /* Page-size field of journal header */
1608     u32 iSectorSize;             /* Sector-size field of journal header */
1609 
1610     /* Read the page-size and sector-size journal header fields. */
1611     if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+20, &iSectorSize))
1612      || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+24, &iPageSize))
1613     ){
1614       return rc;
1615     }
1616 
1617     /* Versions of SQLite prior to 3.5.8 set the page-size field of the
1618     ** journal header to zero. In this case, assume that the Pager.pageSize
1619     ** variable is already set to the correct page size.
1620     */
1621     if( iPageSize==0 ){
1622       iPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
1623     }
1624 
1625     /* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields
1626     ** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power
1627     ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their
1628     ** respective compile time maximum limits.
1629     */
1630     if( iPageSize<512                  || iSectorSize<32
1631      || iPageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || iSectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE
1632      || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0   || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0
1633     ){
1634       /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is
1635       ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have
1636       ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading
1637       ** the journal file here.
1638       */
1639       return SQLITE_DONE;
1640     }
1641 
1642     /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal.
1643     ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within
1644     ** PagerSetPagesize() is tested.
1645     */
1646     rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &iPageSize, -1);
1647     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
1648 
1649     /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by
1650     ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was
1651     ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine
1652     ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value
1653     ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine.
1654     */
1655     pPager->sectorSize = iSectorSize;
1656   }
1657 
1658   pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1659   return rc;
1660 }
1661 
1662 
1663 /*
1664 ** Write the supplied master journal name into the journal file for pager
1665 ** pPager at the current location. The master journal name must be the last
1666 ** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the
1667 ** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before
1668 ** anything is written. The format is:
1669 **
1670 **   + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO.
1671 **   + N bytes: Master journal filename in utf-8.
1672 **   + 4 bytes: N (length of master journal name in bytes, no nul-terminator).
1673 **   + 4 bytes: Master journal name checksum.
1674 **   + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[].
1675 **
1676 ** The master journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in the master
1677 ** journal name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer.
1678 **
1679 ** If zMaster is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction),
1680 ** this call is a no-op.
1681 */
1682 static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
1683   int rc;                          /* Return code */
1684   int nMaster;                     /* Length of string zMaster */
1685   i64 iHdrOff;                     /* Offset of header in journal file */
1686   i64 jrnlSize;                    /* Size of journal file on disk */
1687   u32 cksum = 0;                   /* Checksum of string zMaster */
1688 
1689   assert( pPager->setMaster==0 );
1690   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
1691 
1692   if( !zMaster
1693    || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
1694    || !isOpen(pPager->jfd)
1695   ){
1696     return SQLITE_OK;
1697   }
1698   pPager->setMaster = 1;
1699   assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
1700 
1701   /* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zMaster */
1702   for(nMaster=0; zMaster[nMaster]; nMaster++){
1703     cksum += zMaster[nMaster];
1704   }
1705 
1706   /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing
1707   ** the master journal name. This is in case the previous page written to
1708   ** the journal has already been synced.
1709   */
1710   if( pPager->fullSync ){
1711     pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1712   }
1713   iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
1714 
1715   /* Write the master journal data to the end of the journal file. If
1716   ** an error occurs, return the error code to the caller.
1717   */
1718   if( (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager))))
1719    || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zMaster, nMaster, iHdrOff+4)))
1720    || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster, nMaster)))
1721    || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+4, cksum)))
1722    || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, aJournalMagic, 8,
1723                                  iHdrOff+4+nMaster+8)))
1724   ){
1725     return rc;
1726   }
1727   pPager->journalOff += (nMaster+20);
1728 
1729   /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical
1730   ** journal-file may extend past the end of the master-journal name
1731   ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is
1732   ** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file
1733   ** will not be able to find the master-journal name to determine
1734   ** whether or not the journal is hot.
1735   **
1736   ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal
1737   ** file to the required size.
1738   */
1739   if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jrnlSize))
1740    && jrnlSize>pPager->journalOff
1741   ){
1742     rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff);
1743   }
1744   return rc;
1745 }
1746 
1747 /*
1748 ** Discard the entire contents of the in-memory page-cache.
1749 */
1750 static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){
1751   pPager->iDataVersion++;
1752   sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
1753   sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache);
1754 }
1755 
1756 /*
1757 ** Return the pPager->iDataVersion value
1758 */
1759 u32 sqlite3PagerDataVersion(Pager *pPager){
1760   return pPager->iDataVersion;
1761 }
1762 
1763 /*
1764 ** Free all structures in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array and set both
1765 ** Pager.aSavepoint and Pager.nSavepoint to zero. Close the sub-journal
1766 ** if it is open and the pager is not in exclusive mode.
1767 */
1768 static void releaseAllSavepoints(Pager *pPager){
1769   int ii;               /* Iterator for looping through Pager.aSavepoint */
1770   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1771     sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
1772   }
1773   if( !pPager->exclusiveMode || sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->sjfd) ){
1774     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->sjfd);
1775   }
1776   sqlite3_free(pPager->aSavepoint);
1777   pPager->aSavepoint = 0;
1778   pPager->nSavepoint = 0;
1779   pPager->nSubRec = 0;
1780 }
1781 
1782 /*
1783 ** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint
1784 ** bitvecs of all open savepoints. Return SQLITE_OK if successful
1785 ** or SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc failure occurs.
1786 */
1787 static int addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
1788   int ii;                   /* Loop counter */
1789   int rc = SQLITE_OK;       /* Result code */
1790 
1791   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1792     PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[ii];
1793     if( pgno<=p->nOrig ){
1794       rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p->pInSavepoint, pgno);
1795       testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
1796       assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
1797     }
1798   }
1799   return rc;
1800 }
1801 
1802 /*
1803 ** This function is a no-op if the pager is in exclusive mode and not
1804 ** in the ERROR state. Otherwise, it switches the pager to PAGER_OPEN
1805 ** state.
1806 **
1807 ** If the pager is not in exclusive-access mode, the database file is
1808 ** completely unlocked. If the file is unlocked and the file-system does
1809 ** not exhibit the UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN property, the journal file is
1810 ** closed (if it is open).
1811 **
1812 ** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the
1813 ** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to
1814 ** the OPEN state. Regardless of whether the pager is in exclusive-mode
1815 ** or not, any journal file left in the file-system will be treated
1816 ** as a hot-journal and rolled back the next time a read-transaction
1817 ** is opened (by this or by any other connection).
1818 */
1819 static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){
1820 
1821   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER
1822        || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN
1823        || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
1824   );
1825 
1826   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
1827   pPager->pInJournal = 0;
1828   releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
1829 
1830   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
1831     assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
1832     sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
1833     pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1834   }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
1835     int rc;                       /* Error code returned by pagerUnlockDb() */
1836     int iDc = isOpen(pPager->fd)?sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd):0;
1837 
1838     /* If the operating system support deletion of open files, then
1839     ** close the journal file when dropping the database lock.  Otherwise
1840     ** another connection with journal_mode=delete might delete the file
1841     ** out from under us.
1842     */
1843     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY   & 5)!=1 );
1844     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF      & 5)!=1 );
1845     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL      & 5)!=1 );
1846     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE   & 5)!=1 );
1847     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
1848     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST  & 5)==1 );
1849     if( 0==(iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN)
1850      || 1!=(pPager->journalMode & 5)
1851     ){
1852       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
1853     }
1854 
1855     /* If the pager is in the ERROR state and the call to unlock the database
1856     ** file fails, set the current lock to UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment
1857     ** above the #define for UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of why this
1858     ** is necessary.
1859     */
1860     rc = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, NO_LOCK);
1861     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ){
1862       pPager->eLock = UNKNOWN_LOCK;
1863     }
1864 
1865     /* The pager state may be changed from PAGER_ERROR to PAGER_OPEN here
1866     ** without clearing the error code. This is intentional - the error
1867     ** code is cleared and the cache reset in the block below.
1868     */
1869     assert( pPager->errCode || pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
1870     pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1871   }
1872 
1873   /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be
1874   ** trusted. Now that there are no outstanding references to the pager,
1875   ** it can safely move back to PAGER_OPEN state. This happens in both
1876   ** normal and exclusive-locking mode.
1877   */
1878   assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB );
1879   if( pPager->errCode ){
1880     if( pPager->tempFile==0 ){
1881       pager_reset(pPager);
1882       pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
1883       pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1884     }else{
1885       pPager->eState = (isOpen(pPager->jfd) ? PAGER_OPEN : PAGER_READER);
1886     }
1887     if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
1888     pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK;
1889     setGetterMethod(pPager);
1890   }
1891 
1892   pPager->journalOff = 0;
1893   pPager->journalHdr = 0;
1894   pPager->setMaster = 0;
1895 }
1896 
1897 /*
1898 ** This function is called whenever an IOERR or FULL error that requires
1899 ** the pager to transition into the ERROR state may ahve occurred.
1900 ** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second
1901 ** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The
1902 ** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function.
1903 **
1904 ** If the second argument is SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the
1905 ** IOERR sub-codes, the pager enters the ERROR state and the error code
1906 ** is stored in Pager.errCode. While the pager remains in the ERROR state,
1907 ** all major API calls on the Pager will immediately return Pager.errCode.
1908 **
1909 ** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache
1910 ** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding
1911 ** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when
1912 ** the persistent error occurred, then the rollback journal may need
1913 ** to be replayed to restore the contents of the database file (as if
1914 ** it were a hot-journal).
1915 */
1916 static int pager_error(Pager *pPager, int rc){
1917   int rc2 = rc & 0xff;
1918   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB );
1919   assert(
1920        pPager->errCode==SQLITE_FULL ||
1921        pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ||
1922        (pPager->errCode & 0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR
1923   );
1924   if( rc2==SQLITE_FULL || rc2==SQLITE_IOERR ){
1925     pPager->errCode = rc;
1926     pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
1927     setGetterMethod(pPager);
1928   }
1929   return rc;
1930 }
1931 
1932 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage);
1933 
1934 /*
1935 ** The write transaction open on pPager is being committed (bCommit==1)
1936 ** or rolled back (bCommit==0).
1937 **
1938 ** Return TRUE if and only if all dirty pages should be flushed to disk.
1939 **
1940 ** Rules:
1941 **
1942 **   *  For non-TEMP databases, always sync to disk.  This is necessary
1943 **      for transactions to be durable.
1944 **
1945 **   *  Sync TEMP database only on a COMMIT (not a ROLLBACK) when the backing
1946 **      file has been created already (via a spill on pagerStress()) and
1947 **      when the number of dirty pages in memory exceeds 25% of the total
1948 **      cache size.
1949 */
1950 static int pagerFlushOnCommit(Pager *pPager, int bCommit){
1951   if( pPager->tempFile==0 ) return 1;
1952   if( !bCommit ) return 0;
1953   if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ) return 0;
1954   return (sqlite3PCachePercentDirty(pPager->pPCache)>=25);
1955 }
1956 
1957 /*
1958 ** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by
1959 ** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called
1960 ** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening
1961 ** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a
1962 ** database transaction.
1963 **
1964 ** This routine is never called in PAGER_ERROR state. If it is called
1965 ** in PAGER_NONE or PAGER_SHARED state and the lock held is less
1966 ** exclusive than a RESERVED lock, it is a no-op.
1967 **
1968 ** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released.
1969 **
1970 ** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal
1971 ** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a
1972 ** transaction. Nor will it be considered to be a hot-journal by this
1973 ** or any other database connection. Exactly how a journal is finalized
1974 ** depends on whether or not the pager is running in exclusive mode and
1975 ** the current journal-mode (Pager.journalMode value), as follows:
1976 **
1977 **   journalMode==MEMORY
1978 **     Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an
1979 **     in-memory journal.
1980 **
1981 **   journalMode==TRUNCATE
1982 **     Journal file is truncated to zero bytes in size.
1983 **
1984 **   journalMode==PERSIST
1985 **     The first 28 bytes of the journal file are zeroed. This invalidates
1986 **     the first journal header in the file, and hence the entire journal
1987 **     file. An invalid journal file cannot be rolled back.
1988 **
1989 **   journalMode==DELETE
1990 **     The journal file is closed and deleted using sqlite3OsDelete().
1991 **
1992 **     If the pager is running in exclusive mode, this method of finalizing
1993 **     the journal file is never used. Instead, if the journalMode is
1994 **     DELETE and the pager is in exclusive mode, the method described under
1995 **     journalMode==PERSIST is used instead.
1996 **
1997 ** After the journal is finalized, the pager moves to PAGER_READER state.
1998 ** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is
1999 ** downgraded to a SHARED_LOCK.
2000 **
2001 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during
2002 ** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the
2003 ** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the
2004 ** operation to finalize the journal file fails, then the code still
2005 ** tries to unlock the database file if not in exclusive mode. If the
2006 ** unlock operation fails as well, then the first error code related
2007 ** to the first error encountered (the journal finalization one) is
2008 ** returned.
2009 */
2010 static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster, int bCommit){
2011   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Error code from journal finalization operation */
2012   int rc2 = SQLITE_OK;     /* Error code from db file unlock operation */
2013 
2014   /* Do nothing if the pager does not have an open write transaction
2015   ** or at least a RESERVED lock. This function may be called when there
2016   ** is no write-transaction active but a RESERVED or greater lock is
2017   ** held under two circumstances:
2018   **
2019   **   1. After a successful hot-journal rollback, it is called with
2020   **      eState==PAGER_NONE and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
2021   **
2022   **   2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE
2023   **      lock switches back to locking_mode=normal and then executes a
2024   **      read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER
2025   **      and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK when the read-transaction is closed.
2026   */
2027   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
2028   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
2029   if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED && pPager->eLock<RESERVED_LOCK ){
2030     return SQLITE_OK;
2031   }
2032 
2033   releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
2034   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0
2035       || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC)
2036   );
2037   if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
2038     assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
2039 
2040     /* Finalize the journal file. */
2041     if( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd) ){
2042       /* assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); */
2043       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
2044     }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ){
2045       if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
2046         rc = SQLITE_OK;
2047       }else{
2048         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
2049         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->fullSync ){
2050           /* Make sure the new file size is written into the inode right away.
2051           ** Otherwise the journal might resurrect following a power loss and
2052           ** cause the last transaction to roll back.  See
2053           ** https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1072773
2054           */
2055           rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags);
2056         }
2057       }
2058       pPager->journalOff = 0;
2059     }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
2060       || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL)
2061     ){
2062       rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasMaster||pPager->tempFile);
2063       pPager->journalOff = 0;
2064     }else{
2065       /* This branch may be executed with Pager.journalMode==MEMORY if
2066       ** a hot-journal was just rolled back. In this case the journal
2067       ** file should be closed and deleted. If this connection writes to
2068       ** the database file, it will do so using an in-memory journal.
2069       */
2070       int bDelete = !pPager->tempFile;
2071       assert( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd)==0 );
2072       assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
2073            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
2074            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
2075       );
2076       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
2077       if( bDelete ){
2078         rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->extraSync);
2079       }
2080     }
2081   }
2082 
2083 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
2084   sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash);
2085   if( pPager->dbSize==0 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ){
2086     PgHdr *p = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, 1);
2087     if( p ){
2088       p->pageHash = 0;
2089       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(p);
2090     }
2091   }
2092 #endif
2093 
2094   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
2095   pPager->pInJournal = 0;
2096   pPager->nRec = 0;
2097   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2098     if( MEMDB || pagerFlushOnCommit(pPager, bCommit) ){
2099       sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
2100     }else{
2101       sqlite3PcacheClearWritable(pPager->pPCache);
2102     }
2103     sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pPager->pPCache, pPager->dbSize);
2104   }
2105 
2106   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
2107     /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in
2108     ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE
2109     ** lock held on the database file.
2110     */
2111     rc2 = sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
2112     assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK );
2113   }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && pPager->dbFileSize>pPager->dbSize ){
2114     /* This branch is taken when committing a transaction in rollback-journal
2115     ** mode if the database file on disk is larger than the database image.
2116     ** At this point the journal has been finalized and the transaction
2117     ** successfully committed, but the EXCLUSIVE lock is still held on the
2118     ** file. So it is safe to truncate the database file to its minimum
2119     ** required size.  */
2120     assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
2121     rc = pager_truncate(pPager, pPager->dbSize);
2122   }
2123 
2124   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit ){
2125     rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO, 0);
2126     if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
2127   }
2128 
2129   if( !pPager->exclusiveMode
2130    && (!pagerUseWal(pPager) || sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 0))
2131   ){
2132     rc2 = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
2133   }
2134   pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
2135   pPager->setMaster = 0;
2136 
2137   return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc);
2138 }
2139 
2140 /*
2141 ** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the
2142 ** database file.
2143 **
2144 ** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt
2145 ** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The
2146 ** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock
2147 ** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this
2148 ** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next
2149 ** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one)
2150 ** will roll it back.
2151 **
2152 ** If the pager has not already entered the ERROR state, but an IO or
2153 ** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause
2154 ** the pager to enter the ERROR state. Which will be cleared by the
2155 ** call to pager_unlock(), as described above.
2156 */
2157 static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){
2158   if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ){
2159     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
2160     if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
2161       sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
2162       sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager);
2163       sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
2164     }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
2165       assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
2166       pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0);
2167     }
2168   }
2169   pager_unlock(pPager);
2170 }
2171 
2172 /*
2173 ** Parameter aData must point to a buffer of pPager->pageSize bytes
2174 ** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the
2175 ** page of data and the current value of pPager->cksumInit.
2176 **
2177 ** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the
2178 ** random initial value (pPager->cksumInit) and every 200th byte
2179 ** of the page data, starting with byte offset (pPager->pageSize%200).
2180 ** Each byte is interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer.
2181 **
2182 ** Changing the formula used to compute this checksum results in an
2183 ** incompatible journal file format.
2184 **
2185 ** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely
2186 ** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed.
2187 ** It is much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be
2188 ** correct and the middle be corrupt.  Thus, this "checksum" scheme,
2189 ** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption.
2190 */
2191 static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){
2192   u32 cksum = pPager->cksumInit;         /* Checksum value to return */
2193   int i = pPager->pageSize-200;          /* Loop counter */
2194   while( i>0 ){
2195     cksum += aData[i];
2196     i -= 200;
2197   }
2198   return cksum;
2199 }
2200 
2201 /*
2202 ** Read a single page from either the journal file (if isMainJrnl==1) or
2203 ** from the sub-journal (if isMainJrnl==0) and playback that page.
2204 ** The page begins at offset *pOffset into the file. The *pOffset
2205 ** value is increased to the start of the next page in the journal.
2206 **
2207 ** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does
2208 ** not.
2209 **
2210 ** If the page number of the page record read from the (sub-)journal file
2211 ** is greater than the current value of Pager.dbSize, then playback is
2212 ** skipped and SQLITE_OK is returned.
2213 **
2214 ** If pDone is not NULL, then it is a record of pages that have already
2215 ** been played back.  If the page at *pOffset has already been played back
2216 ** (if the corresponding pDone bit is set) then skip the playback.
2217 ** Make sure the pDone bit corresponding to the *pOffset page is set
2218 ** prior to returning.
2219 **
2220 ** If the page record is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file
2221 ** and played back, then SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error occurs
2222 ** while reading the record from the (sub-)journal file or while writing
2223 ** to the database file, then the IO error code is returned. If data
2224 ** is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file but appears to be
2225 ** corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is returned. Data is considered corrupted in
2226 ** two circumstances:
2227 **
2228 **   * If the record page-number is illegal (0 or PAGER_MJ_PGNO), or
2229 **   * If the record is being rolled back from the main journal file
2230 **     and the checksum field does not match the record content.
2231 **
2232 ** Neither of these two scenarios are possible during a savepoint rollback.
2233 **
2234 ** If this is a savepoint rollback, then memory may have to be dynamically
2235 ** allocated by this function. If this is the case and an allocation fails,
2236 ** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned.
2237 */
2238 static int pager_playback_one_page(
2239   Pager *pPager,                /* The pager being played back */
2240   i64 *pOffset,                 /* Offset of record to playback */
2241   Bitvec *pDone,                /* Bitvec of pages already played back */
2242   int isMainJrnl,               /* 1 -> main journal. 0 -> sub-journal. */
2243   int isSavepnt                 /* True for a savepoint rollback */
2244 ){
2245   int rc;
2246   PgHdr *pPg;                   /* An existing page in the cache */
2247   Pgno pgno;                    /* The page number of a page in journal */
2248   u32 cksum;                    /* Checksum used for sanity checking */
2249   char *aData;                  /* Temporary storage for the page */
2250   sqlite3_file *jfd;            /* The file descriptor for the journal file */
2251   int isSynced;                 /* True if journal page is synced */
2252 
2253   assert( (isMainJrnl&~1)==0 );      /* isMainJrnl is 0 or 1 */
2254   assert( (isSavepnt&~1)==0 );       /* isSavepnt is 0 or 1 */
2255   assert( isMainJrnl || pDone );     /* pDone always used on sub-journals */
2256   assert( isSavepnt || pDone==0 );   /* pDone never used on non-savepoint */
2257 
2258   aData = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2259   assert( aData );         /* Temp storage must have already been allocated */
2260   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || (!isMainJrnl && isSavepnt) );
2261 
2262   /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction
2263   ** or savepoint rollback done at the request of the caller) or this is
2264   ** a hot-journal rollback. If it is a hot-journal rollback, the pager
2265   ** is in state OPEN and holds an EXCLUSIVE lock. Hot-journal rollback
2266   ** only reads from the main journal, not the sub-journal.
2267   */
2268   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
2269        || (pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
2270   );
2271   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || isMainJrnl );
2272 
2273   /* Read the page number and page data from the journal or sub-journal
2274   ** file. Return an error code to the caller if an IO error occurs.
2275   */
2276   jfd = isMainJrnl ? pPager->jfd : pPager->sjfd;
2277   rc = read32bits(jfd, *pOffset, &pgno);
2278   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2279   rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize, (*pOffset)+4);
2280   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2281   *pOffset += pPager->pageSize + 4 + isMainJrnl*4;
2282 
2283   /* Sanity checking on the page.  This is more important that I originally
2284   ** thought.  If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written,
2285   ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal.  We need to
2286   ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it.
2287   */
2288   if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
2289     assert( !isSavepnt );
2290     return SQLITE_DONE;
2291   }
2292   if( pgno>(Pgno)pPager->dbSize || sqlite3BitvecTest(pDone, pgno) ){
2293     return SQLITE_OK;
2294   }
2295   if( isMainJrnl ){
2296     rc = read32bits(jfd, (*pOffset)-4, &cksum);
2297     if( rc ) return rc;
2298     if( !isSavepnt && pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)aData)!=cksum ){
2299       return SQLITE_DONE;
2300     }
2301   }
2302 
2303   /* If this page has already been played back before during the current
2304   ** rollback, then don't bother to play it back again.
2305   */
2306   if( pDone && (rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pDone, pgno))!=SQLITE_OK ){
2307     return rc;
2308   }
2309 
2310   /* When playing back page 1, restore the nReserve setting
2311   */
2312   if( pgno==1 && pPager->nReserve!=((u8*)aData)[20] ){
2313     pPager->nReserve = ((u8*)aData)[20];
2314   }
2315 
2316   /* If the pager is in CACHEMOD state, then there must be a copy of this
2317   ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache,
2318   ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case.
2319   **
2320   ** An exception to the above rule: If the database is in no-sync mode
2321   ** and a page is moved during an incremental vacuum then the page may
2322   ** not be in the pager cache. Later: if a malloc() or IO error occurs
2323   ** during a Movepage() call, then the page may not be in the cache
2324   ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not
2325   ** assert()able.
2326   **
2327   ** If in WRITER_DBMOD, WRITER_FINISHED or OPEN state, then we update the
2328   ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked
2329   ** not dirty. Since this code is only executed in PAGER_OPEN state for
2330   ** a hot-journal rollback, it is guaranteed that the page-cache is empty
2331   ** if the pager is in OPEN state.
2332   **
2333   ** Ticket #1171:  The statement journal might contain page content that is
2334   ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction.
2335   ** This occurs when a page is changed prior to the start of a statement
2336   ** then changed again within the statement.  When rolling back such a
2337   ** statement we must not write to the original database unless we know
2338   ** for certain that original page contents are synced into the main rollback
2339   ** journal.  Otherwise, a power loss might leave modified data in the
2340   ** database file without an entry in the rollback journal that can
2341   ** restore the database to its original form.  Two conditions must be
2342   ** met before writing to the database files. (1) the database must be
2343   ** locked.  (2) we know that the original page content is fully synced
2344   ** in the main journal either because the page is not in cache or else
2345   ** the page is marked as needSync==0.
2346   **
2347   ** 2008-04-14:  When attempting to vacuum a corrupt database file, it
2348   ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist.
2349   ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened.
2350   */
2351   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
2352     pPg = 0;
2353   }else{
2354     pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
2355   }
2356   assert( pPg || !MEMDB );
2357   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN || pPg==0 || pPager->tempFile );
2358   PAGERTRACE(("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x) %s\n",
2359            PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, (u8*)aData),
2360            (isMainJrnl?"main-journal":"sub-journal")
2361   ));
2362   if( isMainJrnl ){
2363     isSynced = pPager->noSync || (*pOffset <= pPager->journalHdr);
2364   }else{
2365     isSynced = (pPg==0 || 0==(pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC));
2366   }
2367   if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
2368    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2369    && isSynced
2370   ){
2371     i64 ofst = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
2372     testcase( !isSavepnt && pPg!=0 && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 );
2373     assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
2374 
2375     /* Write the data read from the journal back into the database file.
2376     ** This is usually safe even for an encrypted database - as the data
2377     ** was encrypted before it was written to the journal file. The exception
2378     ** is if the data was just read from an in-memory sub-journal. In that
2379     ** case it must be encrypted here before it is copied into the database
2380     ** file.  */
2381     rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst);
2382 
2383     if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
2384       pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
2385     }
2386     if( pPager->pBackup ){
2387       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData);
2388     }
2389   }else if( !isMainJrnl && pPg==0 ){
2390     /* If this is a rollback of a savepoint and data was not written to
2391     ** the database and the page is not in-memory, there is a potential
2392     ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it
2393     ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be
2394     ** current.
2395     **
2396     ** There are a couple of different ways this can happen. All are quite
2397     ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen
2398     ** if the page is on the free-list at the start of the transaction, then
2399     ** populated, then moved using sqlite3PagerMovepage().
2400     **
2401     ** The solution is to add an in-memory page to the cache containing
2402     ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty
2403     ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as
2404     ** requiring a journal-sync before it is written.
2405     */
2406     assert( isSavepnt );
2407     assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)==0 );
2408     pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK;
2409     rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pgno, &pPg, 1);
2410     assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)!=0 );
2411     pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK;
2412     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2413     sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
2414   }
2415   if( pPg ){
2416     /* No page should ever be explicitly rolled back that is in use, except
2417     ** for page 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the
2418     ** database active. However such a page may be rolled back as a result
2419     ** of an internal error resulting in an automatic call to
2420     ** sqlite3PagerRollback().
2421     */
2422     void *pData;
2423     pData = pPg->pData;
2424     memcpy(pData, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize);
2425     pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
2426     /* It used to be that sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg) was called here.  But
2427     ** that call was dangerous and had no detectable benefit since the cache
2428     ** is normally cleaned by sqlite3PcacheCleanAll() after rollback and so
2429     ** has been removed. */
2430     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
2431 
2432     /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers.
2433     ** Do this before any decoding. */
2434     if( pgno==1 ){
2435       memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)pData)[24],sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
2436     }
2437     sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
2438   }
2439   return rc;
2440 }
2441 
2442 /*
2443 ** Parameter zMaster is the name of a master journal file. A single journal
2444 ** file that referred to the master journal file has just been rolled back.
2445 ** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the master journal file,
2446 ** and does so if it is.
2447 **
2448 ** Argument zMaster may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not
2449 ** available for use within this function.
2450 **
2451 ** When a master journal file is created, it is populated with the names
2452 ** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8
2453 ** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a
2454 ** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a master journal
2455 ** file for a transaction involving two databases might be:
2456 **
2457 **   "/home/bill/a.db-journal\x00/home/bill/b.db-journal\x00"
2458 **
2459 ** A master journal file may only be deleted once all of its child
2460 ** journals have been rolled back.
2461 **
2462 ** This function reads the contents of the master-journal file into
2463 ** memory and loops through each of the child journal names. For
2464 ** each child journal, it checks if:
2465 **
2466 **   * if the child journal exists, and if so
2467 **   * if the child journal contains a reference to master journal
2468 **     file zMaster
2469 **
2470 ** If a child journal can be found that matches both of the criteria
2471 ** above, this function returns without doing anything. Otherwise, if
2472 ** no such child journal can be found, file zMaster is deleted from
2473 ** the file-system using sqlite3OsDelete().
2474 **
2475 ** If an IO error within this function, an error code is returned. This
2476 ** function allocates memory by calling sqlite3Malloc(). If an allocation
2477 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors
2478 ** occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
2479 **
2480 ** TODO: This function allocates a single block of memory to load
2481 ** the entire contents of the master journal file. This could be
2482 ** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page
2483 ** size.
2484 */
2485 static int pager_delmaster(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
2486   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
2487   int rc;                   /* Return code */
2488   sqlite3_file *pMaster;    /* Malloc'd master-journal file descriptor */
2489   sqlite3_file *pJournal;   /* Malloc'd child-journal file descriptor */
2490   char *zMasterJournal = 0; /* Contents of master journal file */
2491   i64 nMasterJournal;       /* Size of master journal file */
2492   char *zJournal;           /* Pointer to one journal within MJ file */
2493   char *zMasterPtr;         /* Space to hold MJ filename from a journal file */
2494   int nMasterPtr;           /* Amount of space allocated to zMasterPtr[] */
2495 
2496   /* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pMaster file descriptors.
2497   ** If successful, open the master journal file for reading.
2498   */
2499   pMaster = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile * 2);
2500   pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pMaster) + pVfs->szOsFile);
2501   if( !pMaster ){
2502     rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
2503   }else{
2504     const int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL);
2505     rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zMaster, pMaster, flags, 0);
2506   }
2507   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
2508 
2509   /* Load the entire master journal file into space obtained from
2510   ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal.   Also obtain
2511   ** sufficient space (in zMasterPtr) to hold the names of master
2512   ** journal files extracted from regular rollback-journals.
2513   */
2514   rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pMaster, &nMasterJournal);
2515   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
2516   nMasterPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
2517   zMasterJournal = sqlite3Malloc(nMasterJournal + nMasterPtr + 2);
2518   if( !zMasterJournal ){
2519     rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
2520     goto delmaster_out;
2521   }
2522   zMasterPtr = &zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal+2];
2523   rc = sqlite3OsRead(pMaster, zMasterJournal, (int)nMasterJournal, 0);
2524   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
2525   zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal] = 0;
2526   zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal+1] = 0;
2527 
2528   zJournal = zMasterJournal;
2529   while( (zJournal-zMasterJournal)<nMasterJournal ){
2530     int exists;
2531     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
2532     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2533       goto delmaster_out;
2534     }
2535     if( exists ){
2536       /* One of the journals pointed to by the master journal exists.
2537       ** Open it and check if it points at the master journal. If
2538       ** so, return without deleting the master journal file.
2539       ** NB:  zJournal is really a MAIN_JOURNAL.  But call it a
2540       ** MASTER_JOURNAL here so that the VFS will not send the zJournal
2541       ** name into sqlite3_database_file_object().
2542       */
2543       int c;
2544       int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL);
2545       rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zJournal, pJournal, flags, 0);
2546       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2547         goto delmaster_out;
2548       }
2549 
2550       rc = readMasterJournal(pJournal, zMasterPtr, nMasterPtr);
2551       sqlite3OsClose(pJournal);
2552       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2553         goto delmaster_out;
2554       }
2555 
2556       c = zMasterPtr[0]!=0 && strcmp(zMasterPtr, zMaster)==0;
2557       if( c ){
2558         /* We have a match. Do not delete the master journal file. */
2559         goto delmaster_out;
2560       }
2561     }
2562     zJournal += (sqlite3Strlen30(zJournal)+1);
2563   }
2564 
2565   sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
2566   rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
2567 
2568 delmaster_out:
2569   sqlite3_free(zMasterJournal);
2570   if( pMaster ){
2571     sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
2572     assert( !isOpen(pJournal) );
2573     sqlite3_free(pMaster);
2574   }
2575   return rc;
2576 }
2577 
2578 
2579 /*
2580 ** This function is used to change the actual size of the database
2581 ** file in the file-system. This only happens when committing a transaction,
2582 ** or rolling back a transaction (including rolling back a hot-journal).
2583 **
2584 ** If the main database file is not open, or the pager is not in either
2585 ** DBMOD or OPEN state, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size
2586 ** of the file is changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes).
2587 ** If the file on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS
2588 ** xTruncate() method to truncate it.
2589 **
2590 ** Or, it might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than
2591 ** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if
2592 ** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it
2593 ** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to
2594 ** the end of the new file instead.
2595 **
2596 ** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying
2597 ** the database file, return the error code to the caller.
2598 */
2599 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
2600   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
2601   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
2602   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_READER );
2603 
2604   if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
2605    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2606   ){
2607     i64 currentSize, newSize;
2608     int szPage = pPager->pageSize;
2609     assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
2610     /* TODO: Is it safe to use Pager.dbFileSize here? */
2611     rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &currentSize);
2612     newSize = szPage*(i64)nPage;
2613     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && currentSize!=newSize ){
2614       if( currentSize>newSize ){
2615         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->fd, newSize);
2616       }else if( (currentSize+szPage)<=newSize ){
2617         char *pTmp = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2618         memset(pTmp, 0, szPage);
2619         testcase( (newSize-szPage) == currentSize );
2620         testcase( (newSize-szPage) >  currentSize );
2621         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pTmp, szPage, newSize-szPage);
2622       }
2623       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2624         pPager->dbFileSize = nPage;
2625       }
2626     }
2627   }
2628   return rc;
2629 }
2630 
2631 /*
2632 ** Return a sanitized version of the sector-size of OS file pFile. The
2633 ** return value is guaranteed to lie between 32 and MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
2634 */
2635 int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){
2636   int iRet = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pFile);
2637   if( iRet<32 ){
2638     iRet = 512;
2639   }else if( iRet>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE ){
2640     assert( MAX_SECTOR_SIZE>=512 );
2641     iRet = MAX_SECTOR_SIZE;
2642   }
2643   return iRet;
2644 }
2645 
2646 /*
2647 ** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given
2648 ** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method
2649 ** of the open database file. The sector size will be used
2650 ** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and
2651 ** master journal pointers within created journal files.
2652 **
2653 ** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes.
2654 **
2655 ** Otherwise, for non-temporary files, the effective sector size is
2656 ** the value returned by the xSectorSize() method rounded up to 32 if
2657 ** it is less than 32, or rounded down to MAX_SECTOR_SIZE if it
2658 ** is greater than MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
2659 **
2660 ** If the file has the SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property, then set
2661 ** the effective sector size to its minimum value (512).  The purpose of
2662 ** pPager->sectorSize is to define the "blast radius" of bytes that
2663 ** might change if a crash occurs while writing to a single byte in
2664 ** that range.  But with POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE, the blast radius is zero
2665 ** (that is what POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE means), so we minimize the sector
2666 ** size.  For backwards compatibility of the rollback journal file format,
2667 ** we cannot reduce the effective sector size below 512.
2668 */
2669 static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){
2670   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
2671 
2672   if( pPager->tempFile
2673    || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd) &
2674               SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE)!=0
2675   ){
2676     /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file
2677     ** may not have been opened yet, in which case the OsSectorSize()
2678     ** call will segfault. */
2679     pPager->sectorSize = 512;
2680   }else{
2681     pPager->sectorSize = sqlite3SectorSize(pPager->fd);
2682   }
2683 }
2684 
2685 /*
2686 ** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to
2687 ** the state it was in before we started making changes.
2688 **
2689 ** The journal file format is as follows:
2690 **
2691 **  (1)  8 byte prefix.  A copy of aJournalMagic[].
2692 **  (2)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records
2693 **       in the journal.  If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the
2694 **       number of page records from the journal size.
2695 **  (3)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the
2696 **       sanity checksum.
2697 **  (4)  4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the
2698 **       database to during a rollback.
2699 **  (5)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the sector size.  The header
2700 **       is this many bytes in size.
2701 **  (6)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the page size.
2702 **  (7)  zero padding out to the next sector size.
2703 **  (8)  Zero or more pages instances, each as follows:
2704 **        +  4 byte page number.
2705 **        +  pPager->pageSize bytes of data.
2706 **        +  4 byte checksum
2707 **
2708 ** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 7 items above.
2709 ** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 8th item.
2710 **
2711 ** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec".  nRec is the number of
2712 ** valid page entries in the journal.  In most cases, you can compute the
2713 ** value of nRec from the size of the journal file.  But if a power
2714 ** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the
2715 ** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but
2716 ** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk.  In such a case,
2717 ** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large.  For
2718 ** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header.
2719 **
2720 ** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed
2721 ** from the file size.  This value is used when the user selects the
2722 ** no-sync option for the journal.  A power failure could lead to corruption
2723 ** in this case.  But for things like temporary table (which will be
2724 ** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care.
2725 **
2726 ** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed
2727 ** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled
2728 ** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file
2729 ** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had
2730 ** been encountered.
2731 **
2732 ** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted
2733 ** and an error code is returned.
2734 **
2735 ** The isHot parameter indicates that we are trying to rollback a journal
2736 ** that might be a hot journal.  Or, it could be that the journal is
2737 ** preserved because of JOURNALMODE_PERSIST or JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE.
2738 ** If the journal really is hot, reset the pager cache prior rolling
2739 ** back any content.  If the journal is merely persistent, no reset is
2740 ** needed.
2741 */
2742 static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){
2743   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
2744   i64 szJ;                 /* Size of the journal file in bytes */
2745   u32 nRec;                /* Number of Records in the journal */
2746   u32 u;                   /* Unsigned loop counter */
2747   Pgno mxPg = 0;           /* Size of the original file in pages */
2748   int rc;                  /* Result code of a subroutine */
2749   int res = 1;             /* Value returned by sqlite3OsAccess() */
2750   char *zMaster = 0;       /* Name of master journal file if any */
2751   int needPagerReset;      /* True to reset page prior to first page rollback */
2752   int nPlayback = 0;       /* Total number of pages restored from journal */
2753   u32 savedPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
2754 
2755   /* Figure out how many records are in the journal.  Abort early if
2756   ** the journal is empty.
2757   */
2758   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
2759   rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &szJ);
2760   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2761     goto end_playback;
2762   }
2763 
2764   /* Read the master journal name from the journal, if it is present.
2765   ** If a master journal file name is specified, but the file is not
2766   ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be
2767   ** played back.
2768   **
2769   ** TODO: Technically the following is an error because it assumes that
2770   ** buffer Pager.pTmpSpace is (mxPathname+1) bytes or larger. i.e. that
2771   ** (pPager->pageSize >= pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1). Using os_unix.c,
2772   ** mxPathname is 512, which is the same as the minimum allowable value
2773   ** for pageSize.
2774   */
2775   zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2776   rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
2777   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] ){
2778     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res);
2779   }
2780   zMaster = 0;
2781   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !res ){
2782     goto end_playback;
2783   }
2784   pPager->journalOff = 0;
2785   needPagerReset = isHot;
2786 
2787   /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or
2788   ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error
2789   ** occurs.
2790   */
2791   while( 1 ){
2792     /* Read the next journal header from the journal file.  If there are
2793     ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or
2794     ** it is corrupted, then a process must have failed while writing it.
2795     ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back.
2796     */
2797     rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, isHot, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg);
2798     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2799       if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
2800         rc = SQLITE_OK;
2801       }
2802       goto end_playback;
2803     }
2804 
2805     /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process
2806     ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal
2807     ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute
2808     ** the value of nRec based on this assumption.
2809     */
2810     if( nRec==0xffffffff ){
2811       assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
2812       nRec = (int)((szJ - JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
2813     }
2814 
2815     /* If nRec is 0 and this rollback is of a transaction created by this
2816     ** process and if this is the final header in the journal, then it means
2817     ** that this part of the journal was being filled but has not yet been
2818     ** synced to disk.  Compute the number of pages based on the remaining
2819     ** size of the file.
2820     **
2821     ** The third term of the test was added to fix ticket #2565.
2822     ** When rolling back a hot journal, nRec==0 always means that the next
2823     ** chunk of the journal contains zero pages to be rolled back.  But
2824     ** when doing a ROLLBACK and the nRec==0 chunk is the last chunk in
2825     ** the journal, it means that the journal might contain additional
2826     ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages
2827     ** should be computed based on the journal file size.
2828     */
2829     if( nRec==0 && !isHot &&
2830         pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){
2831       nRec = (int)((szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
2832     }
2833 
2834     /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the
2835     ** database file back to its original size.
2836     */
2837     if( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
2838       rc = pager_truncate(pPager, mxPg);
2839       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2840         goto end_playback;
2841       }
2842       pPager->dbSize = mxPg;
2843     }
2844 
2845     /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the
2846     ** database file and/or page cache.
2847     */
2848     for(u=0; u<nRec; u++){
2849       if( needPagerReset ){
2850         pager_reset(pPager);
2851         needPagerReset = 0;
2852       }
2853       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager,&pPager->journalOff,0,1,0);
2854       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2855         nPlayback++;
2856       }else{
2857         if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
2858           pPager->journalOff = szJ;
2859           break;
2860         }else if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
2861           /* If the journal has been truncated, simply stop reading and
2862           ** processing the journal. This might happen if the journal was
2863           ** not completely written and synced prior to a crash.  In that
2864           ** case, the database should have never been written in the
2865           ** first place so it is OK to simply abandon the rollback. */
2866           rc = SQLITE_OK;
2867           goto end_playback;
2868         }else{
2869           /* If we are unable to rollback, quit and return the error
2870           ** code.  This will cause the pager to enter the error state
2871           ** so that no further harm will be done.  Perhaps the next
2872           ** process to come along will be able to rollback the database.
2873           */
2874           goto end_playback;
2875         }
2876       }
2877     }
2878   }
2879   /*NOTREACHED*/
2880   assert( 0 );
2881 
2882 end_playback:
2883   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2884     rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &savedPageSize, -1);
2885   }
2886   /* Following a rollback, the database file should be back in its original
2887   ** state prior to the start of the transaction, so invoke the
2888   ** SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED file-control method to disable the
2889   ** assertion that the transaction counter was modified.
2890   */
2891 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
2892   sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd,SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED,0);
2893 #endif
2894 
2895   /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or
2896   ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but
2897   ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter
2898   ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive
2899   ** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not
2900   ** update the change-counter at all. This may lead to cache inconsistency
2901   ** problems for other processes at some point in the future. So, just
2902   ** in case this has happened, clear the changeCountDone flag now.
2903   */
2904   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
2905 
2906   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2907     zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2908     rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
2909     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2910   }
2911   if( rc==SQLITE_OK
2912    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2913   ){
2914     rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, 0);
2915   }
2916   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2917     rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zMaster[0]!='\0', 0);
2918     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2919   }
2920   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] && res ){
2921     /* If there was a master journal and this routine will return success,
2922     ** see if it is possible to delete the master journal.
2923     */
2924     rc = pager_delmaster(pPager, zMaster);
2925     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2926   }
2927   if( isHot && nPlayback ){
2928     sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK, "recovered %d pages from %s",
2929                 nPlayback, pPager->zJournal);
2930   }
2931 
2932   /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling
2933   ** back a journal created by a process with a different sector size
2934   ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process.
2935   */
2936   setSectorSize(pPager);
2937   return rc;
2938 }
2939 
2940 
2941 /*
2942 ** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file (or out of
2943 ** the WAL if that is where the most recent copy if found) into
2944 ** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database
2945 ** file before this function is called.
2946 **
2947 ** If page 1 is read, then the value of Pager.dbFileVers[] is set to
2948 ** the value read from the database file.
2949 **
2950 ** If an IO error occurs, then the IO error is returned to the caller.
2951 ** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
2952 */
2953 static int readDbPage(PgHdr *pPg){
2954   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* Pager object associated with page pPg */
2955   int rc = SQLITE_OK;          /* Return code */
2956 
2957 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
2958   u32 iFrame = 0;              /* Frame of WAL containing pgno */
2959 
2960   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && !MEMDB );
2961   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
2962 
2963   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
2964     rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pPg->pgno, &iFrame);
2965     if( rc ) return rc;
2966   }
2967   if( iFrame ){
2968     rc = sqlite3WalReadFrame(pPager->pWal, iFrame,pPager->pageSize,pPg->pData);
2969   }else
2970 #endif
2971   {
2972     i64 iOffset = (pPg->pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
2973     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pPg->pData, pPager->pageSize, iOffset);
2974     if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
2975       rc = SQLITE_OK;
2976     }
2977   }
2978 
2979   if( pPg->pgno==1 ){
2980     if( rc ){
2981       /* If the read is unsuccessful, set the dbFileVers[] to something
2982       ** that will never be a valid file version.  dbFileVers[] is a copy
2983       ** of bytes 24..39 of the database.  Bytes 28..31 should always be
2984       ** zero or the size of the database in page. Bytes 32..35 and 35..39
2985       ** should be page numbers which are never 0xffffffff.  So filling
2986       ** pPager->dbFileVers[] with all 0xff bytes should suffice.
2987       **
2988       ** For an encrypted database, the situation is more complex:  bytes
2989       ** 24..39 of the database are white noise.  But the probability of
2990       ** white noise equaling 16 bytes of 0xff is vanishingly small so
2991       ** we should still be ok.
2992       */
2993       memset(pPager->dbFileVers, 0xff, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
2994     }else{
2995       u8 *dbFileVers = &((u8*)pPg->pData)[24];
2996       memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
2997     }
2998   }
2999   PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count);
3000   PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead);
3001   IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno));
3002   PAGERTRACE(("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
3003                PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg)));
3004 
3005   return rc;
3006 }
3007 
3008 /*
3009 ** Update the value of the change-counter at offsets 24 and 92 in
3010 ** the header and the sqlite version number at offset 96.
3011 **
3012 ** This is an unconditional update.  See also the pager_incr_changecounter()
3013 ** routine which only updates the change-counter if the update is actually
3014 ** needed, as determined by the pPager->changeCountDone state variable.
3015 */
3016 static void pager_write_changecounter(PgHdr *pPg){
3017   u32 change_counter;
3018 
3019   /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */
3020   change_counter = sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPg->pPager->dbFileVers)+1;
3021   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+24, change_counter);
3022 
3023   /* Also store the SQLite version number in bytes 96..99 and in
3024   ** bytes 92..95 store the change counter for which the version number
3025   ** is valid. */
3026   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+92, change_counter);
3027   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+96, SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER);
3028 }
3029 
3030 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
3031 /*
3032 ** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been
3033 ** written into the log file when a WAL transaction is rolled back.
3034 ** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument
3035 ** is actually a pointer to the Pager structure.
3036 **
3037 ** If page iPg is present in the cache, and has no outstanding references,
3038 ** it is discarded. Otherwise, if there are one or more outstanding
3039 ** references, the page content is reloaded from the database. If the
3040 ** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails,
3041 ** return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
3042 */
3043 static int pagerUndoCallback(void *pCtx, Pgno iPg){
3044   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3045   Pager *pPager = (Pager *)pCtx;
3046   PgHdr *pPg;
3047 
3048   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3049   pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, iPg);
3050   if( pPg ){
3051     if( sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPg)==1 ){
3052       sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
3053     }else{
3054       rc = readDbPage(pPg);
3055       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3056         pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
3057       }
3058       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg);
3059     }
3060   }
3061 
3062   /* Normally, if a transaction is rolled back, any backup processes are
3063   ** updated as data is copied out of the rollback journal and into the
3064   ** database. This is not generally possible with a WAL database, as
3065   ** rollback involves simply truncating the log file. Therefore, if one
3066   ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore
3067   ** also copied into the backup databases) as part of this transaction,
3068   ** the backups must be restarted.
3069   */
3070   sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
3071 
3072   return rc;
3073 }
3074 
3075 /*
3076 ** This function is called to rollback a transaction on a WAL database.
3077 */
3078 static int pagerRollbackWal(Pager *pPager){
3079   int rc;                         /* Return Code */
3080   PgHdr *pList;                   /* List of dirty pages to revert */
3081 
3082   /* For all pages in the cache that are currently dirty or have already
3083   ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the
3084   ** following:
3085   **
3086   **   + Discard the cached page (if refcount==0), or
3087   **   + Reload page content from the database (if refcount>0).
3088   */
3089   pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize;
3090   rc = sqlite3WalUndo(pPager->pWal, pagerUndoCallback, (void *)pPager);
3091   pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
3092   while( pList && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3093     PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty;
3094     rc = pagerUndoCallback((void *)pPager, pList->pgno);
3095     pList = pNext;
3096   }
3097 
3098   return rc;
3099 }
3100 
3101 /*
3102 ** This function is a wrapper around sqlite3WalFrames(). As well as logging
3103 ** the contents of the list of pages headed by pList (connected by pDirty),
3104 ** this function notifies any active backup processes that the pages have
3105 ** changed.
3106 **
3107 ** The list of pages passed into this routine is always sorted by page number.
3108 ** Hence, if page 1 appears anywhere on the list, it will be the first page.
3109 */
3110 static int pagerWalFrames(
3111   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
3112   PgHdr *pList,                   /* List of frames to log */
3113   Pgno nTruncate,                 /* Database size after this commit */
3114   int isCommit                    /* True if this is a commit */
3115 ){
3116   int rc;                         /* Return code */
3117   int nList;                      /* Number of pages in pList */
3118   PgHdr *p;                       /* For looping over pages */
3119 
3120   assert( pPager->pWal );
3121   assert( pList );
3122 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
3123   /* Verify that the page list is in accending order */
3124   for(p=pList; p && p->pDirty; p=p->pDirty){
3125     assert( p->pgno < p->pDirty->pgno );
3126   }
3127 #endif
3128 
3129   assert( pList->pDirty==0 || isCommit );
3130   if( isCommit ){
3131     /* If a WAL transaction is being committed, there is no point in writing
3132     ** any pages with page numbers greater than nTruncate into the WAL file.
3133     ** They will never be read by any client. So remove them from the pDirty
3134     ** list here. */
3135     PgHdr **ppNext = &pList;
3136     nList = 0;
3137     for(p=pList; (*ppNext = p)!=0; p=p->pDirty){
3138       if( p->pgno<=nTruncate ){
3139         ppNext = &p->pDirty;
3140         nList++;
3141       }
3142     }
3143     assert( pList );
3144   }else{
3145     nList = 1;
3146   }
3147   pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE] += nList;
3148 
3149   if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
3150   rc = sqlite3WalFrames(pPager->pWal,
3151       pPager->pageSize, pList, nTruncate, isCommit, pPager->walSyncFlags
3152   );
3153   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pBackup ){
3154     for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
3155       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, p->pgno, (u8 *)p->pData);
3156     }
3157   }
3158 
3159 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
3160   pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
3161   for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
3162     pager_set_pagehash(p);
3163   }
3164 #endif
3165 
3166   return rc;
3167 }
3168 
3169 /*
3170 ** Begin a read transaction on the WAL.
3171 **
3172 ** This routine used to be called "pagerOpenSnapshot()" because it essentially
3173 ** makes a snapshot of the database at the current point in time and preserves
3174 ** that snapshot for use by the reader in spite of concurrently changes by
3175 ** other writers or checkpointers.
3176 */
3177 static int pagerBeginReadTransaction(Pager *pPager){
3178   int rc;                         /* Return code */
3179   int changed = 0;                /* True if cache must be reset */
3180 
3181   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3182   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
3183 
3184   /* sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction() was not called for the previous
3185   ** transaction in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE.  So call it now.  If we
3186   ** are in locking_mode=NORMAL and EndRead() was previously called,
3187   ** the duplicate call is harmless.
3188   */
3189   sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
3190 
3191   rc = sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(pPager->pWal, &changed);
3192   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || changed ){
3193     pager_reset(pPager);
3194     if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
3195   }
3196 
3197   return rc;
3198 }
3199 #endif
3200 
3201 /*
3202 ** This function is called as part of the transition from PAGER_OPEN
3203 ** to PAGER_READER state to determine the size of the database file
3204 ** in pages (assuming the page size currently stored in Pager.pageSize).
3205 **
3206 ** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the size of the database
3207 ** in pages is stored in *pnPage. Otherwise, an error code (perhaps
3208 ** SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT) is returned and *pnPage is left unmodified.
3209 */
3210 static int pagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, Pgno *pnPage){
3211   Pgno nPage;                     /* Value to return via *pnPage */
3212 
3213   /* Query the WAL sub-system for the database size. The WalDbsize()
3214   ** function returns zero if the WAL is not open (i.e. Pager.pWal==0), or
3215   ** if the database size is not available. The database size is not
3216   ** available from the WAL sub-system if the log file is empty or
3217   ** contains no valid committed transactions.
3218   */
3219   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
3220   assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
3221   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
3222   assert( pPager->tempFile==0 );
3223   nPage = sqlite3WalDbsize(pPager->pWal);
3224 
3225   /* If the number of pages in the database is not available from the
3226   ** WAL sub-system, determine the page count based on the size of
3227   ** the database file.  If the size of the database file is not an
3228   ** integer multiple of the page-size, round up the result.
3229   */
3230   if( nPage==0 && ALWAYS(isOpen(pPager->fd)) ){
3231     i64 n = 0;                    /* Size of db file in bytes */
3232     int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n);
3233     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
3234       return rc;
3235     }
3236     nPage = (Pgno)((n+pPager->pageSize-1) / pPager->pageSize);
3237   }
3238 
3239   /* If the current number of pages in the file is greater than the
3240   ** configured maximum pager number, increase the allowed limit so
3241   ** that the file can be read.
3242   */
3243   if( nPage>pPager->mxPgno ){
3244     pPager->mxPgno = (Pgno)nPage;
3245   }
3246 
3247   *pnPage = nPage;
3248   return SQLITE_OK;
3249 }
3250 
3251 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
3252 /*
3253 ** Check if the *-wal file that corresponds to the database opened by pPager
3254 ** exists if the database is not empy, or verify that the *-wal file does
3255 ** not exist (by deleting it) if the database file is empty.
3256 **
3257 ** If the database is not empty and the *-wal file exists, open the pager
3258 ** in WAL mode.  If the database is empty or if no *-wal file exists and
3259 ** if no error occurs, make sure Pager.journalMode is not set to
3260 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL.
3261 **
3262 ** Return SQLITE_OK or an error code.
3263 **
3264 ** The caller must hold a SHARED lock on the database file to call this
3265 ** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete
3266 ** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition
3267 ** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some
3268 ** other connection.
3269 */
3270 static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager *pPager){
3271   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3272   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
3273   assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
3274 
3275   if( !pPager->tempFile ){
3276     int isWal;                    /* True if WAL file exists */
3277     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
3278         pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &isWal
3279     );
3280     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3281       if( isWal ){
3282         Pgno nPage;                   /* Size of the database file */
3283 
3284         rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
3285         if( rc ) return rc;
3286         if( nPage==0 ){
3287           rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, 0);
3288         }else{
3289           testcase( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
3290           rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pPager, 0);
3291         }
3292       }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){
3293         pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE;
3294       }
3295     }
3296   }
3297   return rc;
3298 }
3299 #endif
3300 
3301 /*
3302 ** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback
3303 ** the entire master journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when
3304 ** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction
3305 ** savepoint.
3306 **
3307 ** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is
3308 ** being rolled back), then the rollback consists of up to three stages,
3309 ** performed in the order specified:
3310 **
3311 **   * Pages are played back from the main journal starting at byte
3312 **     offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to
3313 **     PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset, or to the end of the main journal
3314 **     file if PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is zero.
3315 **
3316 **   * If PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is not zero, then pages are played
3317 **     back starting from the journal header immediately following
3318 **     PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset to the end of the main journal file.
3319 **
3320 **   * Pages are then played back from the sub-journal file, starting
3321 **     with the PagerSavepoint.iSubRec and continuing to the end of
3322 **     the journal file.
3323 **
3324 ** Throughout the rollback process, each time a page is rolled back, the
3325 ** corresponding bit is set in a bitvec structure (variable pDone in the
3326 ** implementation below). This is used to ensure that a page is only
3327 ** rolled back the first time it is encountered in either journal.
3328 **
3329 ** If pSavepoint is NULL, then pages are only played back from the main
3330 ** journal file. There is no need for a bitvec in this case.
3331 **
3332 ** In either case, before playback commences the Pager.dbSize variable
3333 ** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint
3334 ** (or transaction). No page with a page-number greater than this value
3335 ** is played back. If one is encountered it is simply skipped.
3336 */
3337 static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){
3338   i64 szJ;                 /* Effective size of the main journal */
3339   i64 iHdrOff;             /* End of first segment of main-journal records */
3340   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Return code */
3341   Bitvec *pDone = 0;       /* Bitvec to ensure pages played back only once */
3342 
3343   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
3344   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
3345 
3346   /* Allocate a bitvec to use to store the set of pages rolled back */
3347   if( pSavepoint ){
3348     pDone = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pSavepoint->nOrig);
3349     if( !pDone ){
3350       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
3351     }
3352   }
3353 
3354   /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint
3355   ** being reverted was opened.
3356   */
3357   pPager->dbSize = pSavepoint ? pSavepoint->nOrig : pPager->dbOrigSize;
3358   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
3359 
3360   if( !pSavepoint && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3361     return pagerRollbackWal(pPager);
3362   }
3363 
3364   /* Use pPager->journalOff as the effective size of the main rollback
3365   ** journal.  The actual file might be larger than this in
3366   ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE or PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST.  But anything
3367   ** past pPager->journalOff is off-limits to us.
3368   */
3369   szJ = pPager->journalOff;
3370   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || szJ==0 );
3371 
3372   /* Begin by rolling back records from the main journal starting at
3373   ** PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to the next journal header.
3374   ** There might be records in the main journal that have a page number
3375   ** greater than the current database size (pPager->dbSize) but those
3376   ** will be skipped automatically.  Pages are added to pDone as they
3377   ** are played back.
3378   */
3379   if( pSavepoint && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3380     iHdrOff = pSavepoint->iHdrOffset ? pSavepoint->iHdrOffset : szJ;
3381     pPager->journalOff = pSavepoint->iOffset;
3382     while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<iHdrOff ){
3383       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
3384     }
3385     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3386   }else{
3387     pPager->journalOff = 0;
3388   }
3389 
3390   /* Continue rolling back records out of the main journal starting at
3391   ** the first journal header seen and continuing until the effective end
3392   ** of the main journal file.  Continue to skip out-of-range pages and
3393   ** continue adding pages rolled back to pDone.
3394   */
3395   while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<szJ ){
3396     u32 ii;            /* Loop counter */
3397     u32 nJRec = 0;     /* Number of Journal Records */
3398     u32 dummy;
3399     rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, 0, szJ, &nJRec, &dummy);
3400     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3401 
3402     /*
3403     ** The "pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff"
3404     ** test is related to ticket #2565.  See the discussion in the
3405     ** pager_playback() function for additional information.
3406     */
3407     if( nJRec==0
3408      && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff
3409     ){
3410       nJRec = (u32)((szJ - pPager->journalOff)/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
3411     }
3412     for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nJRec && pPager->journalOff<szJ; ii++){
3413       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
3414     }
3415     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3416   }
3417   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->journalOff>=szJ );
3418 
3419   /* Finally,  rollback pages from the sub-journal.  Page that were
3420   ** previously rolled back out of the main journal (and are hence in pDone)
3421   ** will be skipped.  Out-of-range pages are also skipped.
3422   */
3423   if( pSavepoint ){
3424     u32 ii;            /* Loop counter */
3425     i64 offset = (i64)pSavepoint->iSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
3426 
3427     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3428       rc = sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(pPager->pWal, pSavepoint->aWalData);
3429     }
3430     for(ii=pSavepoint->iSubRec; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pPager->nSubRec; ii++){
3431       assert( offset==(i64)ii*(4+pPager->pageSize) );
3432       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &offset, pDone, 0, 1);
3433     }
3434     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3435   }
3436 
3437   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pDone);
3438   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3439     pPager->journalOff = szJ;
3440   }
3441 
3442   return rc;
3443 }
3444 
3445 /*
3446 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed
3447 ** before attempting to recycle clean and unused pages.
3448 */
3449 void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
3450   sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage);
3451 }
3452 
3453 /*
3454 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed
3455 ** before attempting to spill pages to journal.
3456 */
3457 int sqlite3PagerSetSpillsize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
3458   return sqlite3PcacheSetSpillsize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage);
3459 }
3460 
3461 /*
3462 ** Invoke SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE based on the current value of szMmap.
3463 */
3464 static void pagerFixMaplimit(Pager *pPager){
3465 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
3466   sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd;
3467   if( isOpen(fd) && fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){
3468     sqlite3_int64 sz;
3469     sz = pPager->szMmap;
3470     pPager->bUseFetch = (sz>0);
3471     setGetterMethod(pPager);
3472     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, &sz);
3473   }
3474 #endif
3475 }
3476 
3477 /*
3478 ** Change the maximum size of any memory mapping made of the database file.
3479 */
3480 void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_int64 szMmap){
3481   pPager->szMmap = szMmap;
3482   pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
3483 }
3484 
3485 /*
3486 ** Free as much memory as possible from the pager.
3487 */
3488 void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager *pPager){
3489   sqlite3PcacheShrink(pPager->pPCache);
3490 }
3491 
3492 /*
3493 ** Adjust settings of the pager to those specified in the pgFlags parameter.
3494 **
3495 ** The "level" in pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK sets the robustness
3496 ** of the database to damage due to OS crashes or power failures by
3497 ** changing the number of syncs()s when writing the journals.
3498 ** There are four levels:
3499 **
3500 **    OFF       sqlite3OsSync() is never called.  This is the default
3501 **              for temporary and transient files.
3502 **
3503 **    NORMAL    The journal is synced once before writes begin on the
3504 **              database.  This is normally adequate protection, but
3505 **              it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely,
3506 **              that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal
3507 **              in a state which would cause damage to the database
3508 **              when it is rolled back.
3509 **
3510 **    FULL      The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the
3511 **              database (with some additional information - the nRec field
3512 **              of the journal header - being written in between the two
3513 **              syncs).  If we assume that writing a
3514 **              single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides
3515 **              assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the
3516 **              point of causing damage to the database during rollback.
3517 **
3518 **    EXTRA     This is like FULL except that is also syncs the directory
3519 **              that contains the rollback journal after the rollback
3520 **              journal is unlinked.
3521 **
3522 ** The above is for a rollback-journal mode.  For WAL mode, OFF continues
3523 ** to mean that no syncs ever occur.  NORMAL means that the WAL is synced
3524 ** prior to the start of checkpoint and that the database file is synced
3525 ** at the conclusion of the checkpoint if the entire content of the WAL
3526 ** was written back into the database.  But no sync operations occur for
3527 ** an ordinary commit in NORMAL mode with WAL.  FULL means that the WAL
3528 ** file is synced following each commit operation, in addition to the
3529 ** syncs associated with NORMAL.  There is no difference between FULL
3530 ** and EXTRA for WAL mode.
3531 **
3532 ** Do not confuse synchronous=FULL with SQLITE_SYNC_FULL.  The
3533 ** SQLITE_SYNC_FULL macro means to use the MacOSX-style full-fsync
3534 ** using fcntl(F_FULLFSYNC).  SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL means to do an
3535 ** ordinary fsync() call.  There is no difference between SQLITE_SYNC_FULL
3536 ** and SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL on platforms other than MacOSX.  But the
3537 ** synchronous=FULL versus synchronous=NORMAL setting determines when
3538 ** the xSync primitive is called and is relevant to all platforms.
3539 **
3540 ** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2,
3541 ** and FULL=3.
3542 */
3543 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
3544 void sqlite3PagerSetFlags(
3545   Pager *pPager,        /* The pager to set safety level for */
3546   unsigned pgFlags      /* Various flags */
3547 ){
3548   unsigned level = pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK;
3549   if( pPager->tempFile ){
3550     pPager->noSync = 1;
3551     pPager->fullSync = 0;
3552     pPager->extraSync = 0;
3553   }else{
3554     pPager->noSync =  level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF ?1:0;
3555     pPager->fullSync = level>=PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_FULL ?1:0;
3556     pPager->extraSync = level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_EXTRA ?1:0;
3557   }
3558   if( pPager->noSync ){
3559     pPager->syncFlags = 0;
3560   }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_FULLFSYNC ){
3561     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
3562   }else{
3563     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
3564   }
3565   pPager->walSyncFlags = (pPager->syncFlags<<2);
3566   if( pPager->fullSync ){
3567     pPager->walSyncFlags |= pPager->syncFlags;
3568   }
3569   if( (pgFlags & PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC) && !pPager->noSync ){
3570     pPager->walSyncFlags |= (SQLITE_SYNC_FULL<<2);
3571   }
3572   if( pgFlags & PAGER_CACHESPILL ){
3573     pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_OFF;
3574   }else{
3575     pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_OFF;
3576   }
3577 }
3578 #endif
3579 
3580 /*
3581 ** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library
3582 ** attempts to open a temporary file.  This information is used for
3583 ** testing and analysis only.
3584 */
3585 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3586 int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0;
3587 #endif
3588 
3589 /*
3590 ** Open a temporary file.
3591 **
3592 ** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success
3593 ** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically
3594 ** delete the temporary file when it is closed.
3595 **
3596 ** The flags passed to the VFS layer xOpen() call are those specified
3597 ** by parameter vfsFlags ORed with the following:
3598 **
3599 **     SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
3600 **     SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE
3601 **     SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE
3602 **     SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE
3603 */
3604 static int pagerOpentemp(
3605   Pager *pPager,        /* The pager object */
3606   sqlite3_file *pFile,  /* Write the file descriptor here */
3607   int vfsFlags          /* Flags passed through to the VFS */
3608 ){
3609   int rc;               /* Return code */
3610 
3611 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3612   sqlite3_opentemp_count++;  /* Used for testing and analysis only */
3613 #endif
3614 
3615   vfsFlags |=  SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
3616             SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE;
3617   rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pFile, vfsFlags, 0);
3618   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pFile) );
3619   return rc;
3620 }
3621 
3622 /*
3623 ** Set the busy handler function.
3624 **
3625 ** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns
3626 ** SQLITE_BUSY when trying to upgrade from no-lock to a SHARED lock,
3627 ** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE
3628 ** lock. It does *not* invoke the busy handler when upgrading from
3629 ** SHARED to RESERVED, or when upgrading from SHARED to EXCLUSIVE
3630 ** (which occurs during hot-journal rollback). Summary:
3631 **
3632 **   Transition                        | Invokes xBusyHandler
3633 **   --------------------------------------------------------
3634 **   NO_LOCK       -> SHARED_LOCK      | Yes
3635 **   SHARED_LOCK   -> RESERVED_LOCK    | No
3636 **   SHARED_LOCK   -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK   | No
3637 **   RESERVED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK   | Yes
3638 **
3639 ** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is
3640 ** retried. If it returns zero, then the SQLITE_BUSY error is
3641 ** returned to the caller of the pager API function.
3642 */
3643 void sqlite3PagerSetBusyHandler(
3644   Pager *pPager,                       /* Pager object */
3645   int (*xBusyHandler)(void *),         /* Pointer to busy-handler function */
3646   void *pBusyHandlerArg                /* Argument to pass to xBusyHandler */
3647 ){
3648   void **ap;
3649   pPager->xBusyHandler = xBusyHandler;
3650   pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = pBusyHandlerArg;
3651   ap = (void **)&pPager->xBusyHandler;
3652   assert( ((int(*)(void *))(ap[0]))==xBusyHandler );
3653   assert( ap[1]==pBusyHandlerArg );
3654   sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER, (void *)ap);
3655 }
3656 
3657 /*
3658 ** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size
3659 ** is passed in *pPageSize.
3660 **
3661 ** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it
3662 ** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e.
3663 ** one of SQLITE_IOERR, an SQLITE_IOERR_xxx sub-code or SQLITE_FULL).
3664 **
3665 ** Otherwise, if all of the following are true:
3666 **
3667 **   * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power
3668 **     of two between 512 and SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, inclusive), and
3669 **
3670 **   * there are no outstanding page references, and
3671 **
3672 **   * the database is either not an in-memory database or it is
3673 **     an in-memory database that currently consists of zero pages.
3674 **
3675 ** then the pager object page size is set to *pPageSize.
3676 **
3677 ** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc()
3678 ** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt
3679 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged.
3680 ** In all other cases, SQLITE_OK is returned.
3681 **
3682 ** If the page size is not changed, either because one of the enumerated
3683 ** conditions above is not true, the pager was in error state when this
3684 ** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed,
3685 ** then *pPageSize is set to the old, retained page size before returning.
3686 */
3687 int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u32 *pPageSize, int nReserve){
3688   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3689 
3690   /* It is not possible to do a full assert_pager_state() here, as this
3691   ** function may be called from within PagerOpen(), before the state
3692   ** of the Pager object is internally consistent.
3693   **
3694   ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in
3695   ** PAGER_ERROR state. But since PAGER_ERROR state guarantees that
3696   ** there is at least one outstanding page reference, this function
3697   ** is a no-op for that case anyhow.
3698   */
3699 
3700   u32 pageSize = *pPageSize;
3701   assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) );
3702   if( (pPager->memDb==0 || pPager->dbSize==0)
3703    && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0
3704    && pageSize && pageSize!=(u32)pPager->pageSize
3705   ){
3706     char *pNew = NULL;             /* New temp space */
3707     i64 nByte = 0;
3708 
3709     if( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3710       rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &nByte);
3711     }
3712     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3713       /* 8 bytes of zeroed overrun space is sufficient so that the b-tree
3714       * cell header parser will never run off the end of the allocation */
3715       pNew = (char *)sqlite3PageMalloc(pageSize+8);
3716       if( !pNew ){
3717         rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
3718       }else{
3719         memset(pNew+pageSize, 0, 8);
3720       }
3721     }
3722 
3723     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3724       pager_reset(pPager);
3725       rc = sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager->pPCache, pageSize);
3726     }
3727     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3728       sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
3729       pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew;
3730       pPager->dbSize = (Pgno)((nByte+pageSize-1)/pageSize);
3731       pPager->pageSize = pageSize;
3732     }else{
3733       sqlite3PageFree(pNew);
3734     }
3735   }
3736 
3737   *pPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
3738   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3739     if( nReserve<0 ) nReserve = pPager->nReserve;
3740     assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<1000 );
3741     pPager->nReserve = (i16)nReserve;
3742     pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
3743   }
3744   return rc;
3745 }
3746 
3747 /*
3748 ** Return a pointer to the "temporary page" buffer held internally
3749 ** by the pager.  This is a buffer that is big enough to hold the
3750 ** entire content of a database page.  This buffer is used internally
3751 ** during rollback and will be overwritten whenever a rollback
3752 ** occurs.  But other modules are free to use it too, as long as
3753 ** no rollbacks are happening.
3754 */
3755 void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager *pPager){
3756   return pPager->pTmpSpace;
3757 }
3758 
3759 /*
3760 ** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive.
3761 ** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative.  And never reduce the
3762 ** maximum page count below the current size of the database.
3763 **
3764 ** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count.
3765 */
3766 int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
3767   if( mxPage>0 ){
3768     pPager->mxPgno = mxPage;
3769   }
3770   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );      /* Called only by OP_MaxPgcnt */
3771   /* assert( pPager->mxPgno>=pPager->dbSize ); */
3772   /* OP_MaxPgcnt ensures that the parameter passed to this function is not
3773   ** less than the total number of valid pages in the database. But this
3774   ** may be less than Pager.dbSize, and so the assert() above is not valid */
3775   return pPager->mxPgno;
3776 }
3777 
3778 /*
3779 ** The following set of routines are used to disable the simulated
3780 ** I/O error mechanism.  These routines are used to avoid simulated
3781 ** errors in places where we do not care about errors.
3782 **
3783 ** Unless -DSQLITE_TEST=1 is used, these routines are all no-ops
3784 ** and generate no code.
3785 */
3786 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3787 extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending;
3788 extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit;
3789 static int saved_cnt;
3790 void disable_simulated_io_errors(void){
3791   saved_cnt = sqlite3_io_error_pending;
3792   sqlite3_io_error_pending = -1;
3793 }
3794 void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){
3795   sqlite3_io_error_pending = saved_cnt;
3796 }
3797 #else
3798 # define disable_simulated_io_errors()
3799 # define enable_simulated_io_errors()
3800 #endif
3801 
3802 /*
3803 ** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory
3804 ** that pDest points to.
3805 **
3806 ** If the pager was opened on a transient file (zFilename==""), or
3807 ** opened on a file less than N bytes in size, the output buffer is
3808 ** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this
3809 ** function is used to read database headers, and a new transient or
3810 ** zero sized database has a header than consists entirely of zeroes.
3811 **
3812 ** If any IO error apart from SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ is encountered,
3813 ** the error code is returned to the caller and the contents of the
3814 ** output buffer undefined.
3815 */
3816 int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned char *pDest){
3817   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3818   memset(pDest, 0, N);
3819   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
3820 
3821   /* This routine is only called by btree immediately after creating
3822   ** the Pager object.  There has not been an opportunity to transition
3823   ** to WAL mode yet.
3824   */
3825   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3826 
3827   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3828     IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager, N))
3829     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pDest, N, 0);
3830     if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
3831       rc = SQLITE_OK;
3832     }
3833   }
3834   return rc;
3835 }
3836 
3837 /*
3838 ** This function may only be called when a read-transaction is open on
3839 ** the pager. It returns the total number of pages in the database.
3840 **
3841 ** However, if the file is between 1 and <page-size> bytes in size, then
3842 ** this is considered a 1 page file.
3843 */
3844 void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){
3845   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
3846   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED );
3847   *pnPage = (int)pPager->dbSize;
3848 }
3849 
3850 
3851 /*
3852 ** Try to obtain a lock of type locktype on the database file. If
3853 ** a similar or greater lock is already held, this function is a no-op
3854 ** (returning SQLITE_OK immediately).
3855 **
3856 ** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke
3857 ** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat
3858 ** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to
3859 ** obtain the lock succeeds.
3860 **
3861 ** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain
3862 ** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state
3863 ** variable to locktype before returning.
3864 */
3865 static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){
3866   int rc;                              /* Return code */
3867 
3868   /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is
3869   ** already held), or one of the transitions that the busy-handler
3870   ** may be invoked during, according to the comment above
3871   ** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler().
3872   */
3873   assert( (pPager->eLock>=locktype)
3874        || (pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK && locktype==SHARED_LOCK)
3875        || (pPager->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK && locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
3876   );
3877 
3878   do {
3879     rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, locktype);
3880   }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pPager->xBusyHandler(pPager->pBusyHandlerArg) );
3881   return rc;
3882 }
3883 
3884 /*
3885 ** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the
3886 ** following is true for all dirty pages currently in the page-cache:
3887 **
3888 **   a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the
3889 **      current database image, in pages, OR
3890 **
3891 **   b) if the page content were written at this time, it would not
3892 **      be necessary to write the current content out to the sub-journal
3893 **      (as determined by function subjRequiresPage()).
3894 **
3895 ** If the condition asserted by this function were not true, and the
3896 ** dirty page were to be discarded from the cache via the pagerStress()
3897 ** routine, pagerStress() would not write the current page content to
3898 ** the database file. If a savepoint transaction were rolled back after
3899 ** this happened, the correct behavior would be to restore the current
3900 ** content of the page. However, since this content is not present in either
3901 ** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and
3902 ** sub-journal rolled back the content could not be restored and the
3903 ** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that
3904 ** this circumstance cannot arise.
3905 */
3906 #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
3907 static void assertTruncateConstraintCb(PgHdr *pPg){
3908   assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
3909   assert( !subjRequiresPage(pPg) || pPg->pgno<=pPg->pPager->dbSize );
3910 }
3911 static void assertTruncateConstraint(Pager *pPager){
3912   sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, assertTruncateConstraintCb);
3913 }
3914 #else
3915 # define assertTruncateConstraint(pPager)
3916 #endif
3917 
3918 /*
3919 ** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This
3920 ** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It
3921 ** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the
3922 ** truncation will be done when the current transaction is committed.
3923 **
3924 ** This function is only called right before committing a transaction.
3925 ** Once this function has been called, the transaction must either be
3926 ** rolled back or committed. It is not safe to call this function and
3927 ** then continue writing to the database.
3928 */
3929 void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
3930   assert( pPager->dbSize>=nPage );
3931   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
3932   pPager->dbSize = nPage;
3933 
3934   /* At one point the code here called assertTruncateConstraint() to
3935   ** ensure that all pages being truncated away by this operation are,
3936   ** if one or more savepoints are open, present in the savepoint
3937   ** journal so that they can be restored if the savepoint is rolled
3938   ** back. This is no longer necessary as this function is now only
3939   ** called right before committing a transaction. So although the
3940   ** Pager object may still have open savepoints (Pager.nSavepoint!=0),
3941   ** they cannot be rolled back. So the assertTruncateConstraint() call
3942   ** is no longer correct. */
3943 }
3944 
3945 
3946 /*
3947 ** This function is called before attempting a hot-journal rollback. It
3948 ** syncs the journal file to disk, then sets pPager->journalHdr to the
3949 ** size of the journal file so that the pager_playback() routine knows
3950 ** that the entire journal file has been synced.
3951 **
3952 ** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures
3953 ** that if a power-failure occurs during the rollback, the process that
3954 ** attempts rollback following system recovery sees the same journal
3955 ** content as this process.
3956 **
3957 ** If everything goes as planned, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise,
3958 ** an SQLite error code.
3959 */
3960 static int pagerSyncHotJournal(Pager *pPager){
3961   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3962   if( !pPager->noSync ){
3963     rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL);
3964   }
3965   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3966     rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &pPager->journalHdr);
3967   }
3968   return rc;
3969 }
3970 
3971 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
3972 /*
3973 ** Obtain a reference to a memory mapped page object for page number pgno.
3974 ** The new object will use the pointer pData, obtained from xFetch().
3975 ** If successful, set *ppPage to point to the new page reference
3976 ** and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code and set
3977 ** *ppPage to zero.
3978 **
3979 ** Page references obtained by calling this function should be released
3980 ** by calling pagerReleaseMapPage().
3981 */
3982 static int pagerAcquireMapPage(
3983   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
3984   Pgno pgno,                      /* Page number */
3985   void *pData,                    /* xFetch()'d data for this page */
3986   PgHdr **ppPage                  /* OUT: Acquired page object */
3987 ){
3988   PgHdr *p;                       /* Memory mapped page to return */
3989 
3990   if( pPager->pMmapFreelist ){
3991     *ppPage = p = pPager->pMmapFreelist;
3992     pPager->pMmapFreelist = p->pDirty;
3993     p->pDirty = 0;
3994     assert( pPager->nExtra>=8 );
3995     memset(p->pExtra, 0, 8);
3996   }else{
3997     *ppPage = p = (PgHdr *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(PgHdr) + pPager->nExtra);
3998     if( p==0 ){
3999       sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pData);
4000       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
4001     }
4002     p->pExtra = (void *)&p[1];
4003     p->flags = PGHDR_MMAP;
4004     p->nRef = 1;
4005     p->pPager = pPager;
4006   }
4007 
4008   assert( p->pExtra==(void *)&p[1] );
4009   assert( p->pPage==0 );
4010   assert( p->flags==PGHDR_MMAP );
4011   assert( p->pPager==pPager );
4012   assert( p->nRef==1 );
4013 
4014   p->pgno = pgno;
4015   p->pData = pData;
4016   pPager->nMmapOut++;
4017 
4018   return SQLITE_OK;
4019 }
4020 #endif
4021 
4022 /*
4023 ** Release a reference to page pPg. pPg must have been returned by an
4024 ** earlier call to pagerAcquireMapPage().
4025 */
4026 static void pagerReleaseMapPage(PgHdr *pPg){
4027   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
4028   pPager->nMmapOut--;
4029   pPg->pDirty = pPager->pMmapFreelist;
4030   pPager->pMmapFreelist = pPg;
4031 
4032   assert( pPager->fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 );
4033   sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pPg->pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pPg->pData);
4034 }
4035 
4036 /*
4037 ** Free all PgHdr objects stored in the Pager.pMmapFreelist list.
4038 */
4039 static void pagerFreeMapHdrs(Pager *pPager){
4040   PgHdr *p;
4041   PgHdr *pNext;
4042   for(p=pPager->pMmapFreelist; p; p=pNext){
4043     pNext = p->pDirty;
4044     sqlite3_free(p);
4045   }
4046 }
4047 
4048 /* Verify that the database file has not be deleted or renamed out from
4049 ** under the pager.  Return SQLITE_OK if the database is still where it ought
4050 ** to be on disk.  Return non-zero (SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED or some other error
4051 ** code from sqlite3OsAccess()) if the database has gone missing.
4052 */
4053 static int databaseIsUnmoved(Pager *pPager){
4054   int bHasMoved = 0;
4055   int rc;
4056 
4057   if( pPager->tempFile ) return SQLITE_OK;
4058   if( pPager->dbSize==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
4059   assert( pPager->zFilename && pPager->zFilename[0] );
4060   rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED, &bHasMoved);
4061   if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){
4062     /* If the HAS_MOVED file-control is unimplemented, assume that the file
4063     ** has not been moved.  That is the historical behavior of SQLite: prior to
4064     ** version 3.8.3, it never checked */
4065     rc = SQLITE_OK;
4066   }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bHasMoved ){
4067     rc = SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED;
4068   }
4069   return rc;
4070 }
4071 
4072 
4073 /*
4074 ** Shutdown the page cache.  Free all memory and close all files.
4075 **
4076 ** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that
4077 ** transaction is rolled back.  All outstanding pages are invalidated
4078 ** and their memory is freed.  Any attempt to use a page associated
4079 ** with this page cache after this function returns will likely
4080 ** result in a coredump.
4081 **
4082 ** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt
4083 ** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback
4084 ** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned
4085 ** to the caller.
4086 */
4087 int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){
4088   u8 *pTmp = (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace;
4089   assert( db || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
4090   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4091   disable_simulated_io_errors();
4092   sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
4093   pagerFreeMapHdrs(pPager);
4094   /* pPager->errCode = 0; */
4095   pPager->exclusiveMode = 0;
4096 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4097   {
4098     u8 *a = 0;
4099     assert( db || pPager->pWal==0 );
4100     if( db && 0==(db->flags & SQLITE_NoCkptOnClose)
4101      && SQLITE_OK==databaseIsUnmoved(pPager)
4102     ){
4103       a = pTmp;
4104     }
4105     sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, db, pPager->walSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize,a);
4106     pPager->pWal = 0;
4107   }
4108 #endif
4109   pager_reset(pPager);
4110   if( MEMDB ){
4111     pager_unlock(pPager);
4112   }else{
4113     /* If it is open, sync the journal file before calling UnlockAndRollback.
4114     ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal
4115     ** file may be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs
4116     ** while this is happening, the database could become corrupt.
4117     **
4118     ** If an error occurs while trying to sync the journal, shift the pager
4119     ** into the ERROR state. This causes UnlockAndRollback to unlock the
4120     ** database and close the journal file without attempting to roll it
4121     ** back or finalize it. The next database user will have to do hot-journal
4122     ** rollback before accessing the database file.
4123     */
4124     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
4125       pager_error(pPager, pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager));
4126     }
4127     pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
4128   }
4129   sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
4130   enable_simulated_io_errors();
4131   PAGERTRACE(("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4132   IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager))
4133   sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
4134   sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
4135   sqlite3PageFree(pTmp);
4136   sqlite3PcacheClose(pPager->pPCache);
4137   assert( !pPager->aSavepoint && !pPager->pInJournal );
4138   assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) );
4139 
4140   sqlite3_free(pPager);
4141   return SQLITE_OK;
4142 }
4143 
4144 #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
4145 /*
4146 ** Return the page number for page pPg.
4147 */
4148 Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage *pPg){
4149   return pPg->pgno;
4150 }
4151 #endif
4152 
4153 /*
4154 ** Increment the reference count for page pPg.
4155 */
4156 void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){
4157   sqlite3PcacheRef(pPg);
4158 }
4159 
4160 /*
4161 ** Sync the journal. In other words, make sure all the pages that have
4162 ** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the
4163 ** disk and can be restored in the event of a hot-journal rollback.
4164 **
4165 ** If the Pager.noSync flag is set, then this function is a no-op.
4166 ** Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode and the
4167 ** device characteristics of the file-system, as follows:
4168 **
4169 **   * If the journal file is an in-memory journal file, no action need
4170 **     be taken.
4171 **
4172 **   * Otherwise, if the device does not support the SAFE_APPEND property,
4173 **     then the nRec field of the most recently written journal header
4174 **     is updated to contain the number of journal records that have
4175 **     been written following it. If the pager is operating in full-sync
4176 **     mode, then the journal file is synced before this field is updated.
4177 **
4178 **   * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then
4179 **     journal file is synced.
4180 **
4181 ** Or, in pseudo-code:
4182 **
4183 **   if( NOT <in-memory journal> ){
4184 **     if( NOT SAFE_APPEND ){
4185 **       if( <full-sync mode> ) xSync(<journal file>);
4186 **       <update nRec field>
4187 **     }
4188 **     if( NOT SEQUENTIAL ) xSync(<journal file>);
4189 **   }
4190 **
4191 ** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every
4192 ** page currently held in memory before returning SQLITE_OK. If an IO
4193 ** error is encountered, then the IO error code is returned to the caller.
4194 */
4195 static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){
4196   int rc;                         /* Return code */
4197 
4198   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
4199        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
4200   );
4201   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4202   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4203 
4204   rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
4205   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4206 
4207   if( !pPager->noSync ){
4208     assert( !pPager->tempFile );
4209     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
4210       const int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
4211       assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
4212 
4213       if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
4214         /* This block deals with an obscure problem. If the last connection
4215         ** that wrote to this database was operating in persistent-journal
4216         ** mode, then the journal file may at this point actually be larger
4217         ** than Pager.journalOff bytes. If the next thing in the journal
4218         ** file happens to be a journal-header (written as part of the
4219         ** previous connection's transaction), and a crash or power-failure
4220         ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes
4221         ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its
4222         ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the
4223         ** hot-journal rollback following recovery. It may roll back all
4224         ** of this connections data, then proceed to rolling back the old,
4225         ** out-of-date data that follows it. Database corruption.
4226         **
4227         ** To work around this, if the journal file does appear to contain
4228         ** a valid header following Pager.journalOff, then write a 0x00
4229         ** byte to the start of it to prevent it from being recognized.
4230         **
4231         ** Variable iNextHdrOffset is set to the offset at which this
4232         ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used
4233         ** as a temporary buffer to inspect the first couple of bytes of
4234         ** the potential journal header.
4235         */
4236         i64 iNextHdrOffset;
4237         u8 aMagic[8];
4238         u8 zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4];
4239 
4240         memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
4241         put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], pPager->nRec);
4242 
4243         iNextHdrOffset = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
4244         rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, 8, iNextHdrOffset);
4245         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) ){
4246           static const u8 zerobyte = 0;
4247           rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, &zerobyte, 1, iNextHdrOffset);
4248         }
4249         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
4250           return rc;
4251         }
4252 
4253         /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in
4254         ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that
4255         ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark
4256         ** it as a candidate for rollback.
4257         **
4258         ** This is not required if the persistent media supports the
4259         ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible
4260         ** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field
4261         ** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written
4262         ** and never needs to be updated.
4263         */
4264         if( pPager->fullSync && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
4265           PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4266           IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
4267           rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags);
4268           if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4269         }
4270         IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr));
4271         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(
4272             pPager->jfd, zHeader, sizeof(zHeader), pPager->journalHdr
4273         );
4274         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4275       }
4276       if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
4277         PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4278         IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
4279         rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags|
4280           (pPager->syncFlags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0)
4281         );
4282         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4283       }
4284 
4285       pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
4286       if( newHdr && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
4287         pPager->nRec = 0;
4288         rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
4289         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4290       }
4291     }else{
4292       pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
4293     }
4294   }
4295 
4296   /* Unless the pager is in noSync mode, the journal file was just
4297   ** successfully synced. Either way, clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on
4298   ** all pages.
4299   */
4300   sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(pPager->pPCache);
4301   pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD;
4302   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4303   return SQLITE_OK;
4304 }
4305 
4306 /*
4307 ** The argument is the first in a linked list of dirty pages connected
4308 ** by the PgHdr.pDirty pointer. This function writes each one of the
4309 ** in-memory pages in the list to the database file. The argument may
4310 ** be NULL, representing an empty list. In this case this function is
4311 ** a no-op.
4312 **
4313 ** The pager must hold at least a RESERVED lock when this function
4314 ** is called. Before writing anything to the database file, this lock
4315 ** is upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock. If the lock cannot be obtained,
4316 ** SQLITE_BUSY is returned and no data is written to the database file.
4317 **
4318 ** If the pager is a temp-file pager and the actual file-system file
4319 ** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is
4320 ** written out.
4321 **
4322 ** Once the lock has been upgraded and, if necessary, the file opened,
4323 ** the pages are written out to the database file in list order. Writing
4324 ** a page is skipped if it meets either of the following criteria:
4325 **
4326 **   * The page number is greater than Pager.dbSize, or
4327 **   * The PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag is set on the page.
4328 **
4329 ** If writing out a page causes the database file to grow, Pager.dbFileSize
4330 ** is updated accordingly. If page 1 is written out, then the value cached
4331 ** in Pager.dbFileVers[] is updated to match the new value stored in
4332 ** the database file.
4333 **
4334 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
4335 ** occurs, an IO error code is returned. Or, if the EXCLUSIVE lock cannot
4336 ** be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY is returned.
4337 */
4338 static int pager_write_pagelist(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pList){
4339   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
4340 
4341   /* This function is only called for rollback pagers in WRITER_DBMOD state. */
4342   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4343   assert( pPager->tempFile || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
4344   assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
4345   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pList->pDirty==0 );
4346 
4347   /* If the file is a temp-file has not yet been opened, open it now. It
4348   ** is not possible for rc to be other than SQLITE_OK if this branch
4349   ** is taken, as pager_wait_on_lock() is a no-op for temp-files.
4350   */
4351   if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
4352     assert( pPager->tempFile && rc==SQLITE_OK );
4353     rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->fd, pPager->vfsFlags);
4354   }
4355 
4356   /* Before the first write, give the VFS a hint of what the final
4357   ** file size will be.
4358   */
4359   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->fd) );
4360   if( rc==SQLITE_OK
4361    && pPager->dbHintSize<pPager->dbSize
4362    && (pList->pDirty || pList->pgno>pPager->dbHintSize)
4363   ){
4364     sqlite3_int64 szFile = pPager->pageSize * (sqlite3_int64)pPager->dbSize;
4365     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &szFile);
4366     pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
4367   }
4368 
4369   while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){
4370     Pgno pgno = pList->pgno;
4371 
4372     /* If there are dirty pages in the page cache with page numbers greater
4373     ** than Pager.dbSize, this means sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() was called to
4374     ** make the file smaller (presumably by auto-vacuum code). Do not write
4375     ** any such pages to the file.
4376     **
4377     ** Also, do not write out any page that has the PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag
4378     ** set (set by sqlite3PagerDontWrite()).
4379     */
4380     if( pgno<=pPager->dbSize && 0==(pList->flags&PGHDR_DONT_WRITE) ){
4381       i64 offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;   /* Offset to write */
4382       char *pData;                                   /* Data to write */
4383 
4384       assert( (pList->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
4385       if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
4386 
4387       pData = pList->pData;
4388 
4389       /* Write out the page data. */
4390       rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize, offset);
4391 
4392       /* If page 1 was just written, update Pager.dbFileVers to match
4393       ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this
4394       ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize.
4395       */
4396       if( pgno==1 ){
4397         memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
4398       }
4399       if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
4400         pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
4401       }
4402       pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++;
4403 
4404       /* Update any backup objects copying the contents of this pager. */
4405       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)pList->pData);
4406 
4407       PAGERTRACE(("STORE %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
4408                    PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pList)));
4409       IOTRACE(("PGOUT %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
4410       PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writedb_count);
4411     }else{
4412       PAGERTRACE(("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pgno));
4413     }
4414     pager_set_pagehash(pList);
4415     pList = pList->pDirty;
4416   }
4417 
4418   return rc;
4419 }
4420 
4421 /*
4422 ** Ensure that the sub-journal file is open. If it is already open, this
4423 ** function is a no-op.
4424 **
4425 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. An
4426 ** SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to sqlite3OsOpen()
4427 ** fails.
4428 */
4429 static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){
4430   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4431   if( !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
4432     const int flags =  SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
4433       | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE
4434       | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE;
4435     int nStmtSpill = sqlite3Config.nStmtSpill;
4436     if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || pPager->subjInMemory ){
4437       nStmtSpill = -1;
4438     }
4439     rc = sqlite3JournalOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pPager->sjfd, flags, nStmtSpill);
4440   }
4441   return rc;
4442 }
4443 
4444 /*
4445 ** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal.
4446 **
4447 ** If successful, set the bit corresponding to pPg->pgno in the bitvecs
4448 ** for all open savepoints before returning.
4449 **
4450 ** This function returns SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, an IO
4451 ** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or
4452 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails while setting a bit in a savepoint
4453 ** bitvec.
4454 */
4455 static int subjournalPage(PgHdr *pPg){
4456   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4457   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
4458   if( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
4459 
4460     /* Open the sub-journal, if it has not already been opened */
4461     assert( pPager->useJournal );
4462     assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4463     assert( isOpen(pPager->sjfd) || pPager->nSubRec==0 );
4464     assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)
4465          || pageInJournal(pPager, pPg)
4466          || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize
4467     );
4468     rc = openSubJournal(pPager);
4469 
4470     /* If the sub-journal was opened successfully (or was already open),
4471     ** write the journal record into the file.  */
4472     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4473       void *pData = pPg->pData;
4474       i64 offset = (i64)pPager->nSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
4475       char *pData2;
4476       pData2 = pData;
4477       PAGERTRACE(("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
4478       rc = write32bits(pPager->sjfd, offset, pPg->pgno);
4479       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4480         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->sjfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, offset+4);
4481       }
4482     }
4483   }
4484   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4485     pPager->nSubRec++;
4486     assert( pPager->nSavepoint>0 );
4487     rc = addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
4488   }
4489   return rc;
4490 }
4491 static int subjournalPageIfRequired(PgHdr *pPg){
4492   if( subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){
4493     return subjournalPage(pPg);
4494   }else{
4495     return SQLITE_OK;
4496   }
4497 }
4498 
4499 /*
4500 ** This function is called by the pcache layer when it has reached some
4501 ** soft memory limit. The first argument is a pointer to a Pager object
4502 ** (cast as a void*). The pager is always 'purgeable' (not an in-memory
4503 ** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is
4504 ** currently dirty but has no outstanding references. The page
4505 ** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first
4506 ** argument.
4507 **
4508 ** The job of this function is to make pPg clean by writing its contents
4509 ** out to the database file, if possible. This may involve syncing the
4510 ** journal file.
4511 **
4512 ** If successful, sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is called on the page and
4513 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying to make the
4514 ** page clean, the IO error code is returned. If the page cannot be
4515 ** made clean for some other reason, but no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK
4516 ** is returned by sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is not called.
4517 */
4518 static int pagerStress(void *p, PgHdr *pPg){
4519   Pager *pPager = (Pager *)p;
4520   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4521 
4522   assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
4523   assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
4524 
4525   /* The doNotSpill NOSYNC bit is set during times when doing a sync of
4526   ** journal (and adding a new header) is not allowed.  This occurs
4527   ** during calls to sqlite3PagerWrite() while trying to journal multiple
4528   ** pages belonging to the same sector.
4529   **
4530   ** The doNotSpill ROLLBACK and OFF bits inhibits all cache spilling
4531   ** regardless of whether or not a sync is required.  This is set during
4532   ** a rollback or by user request, respectively.
4533   **
4534   ** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could
4535   ** lead to database corruption.   In the current implementation it
4536   ** is impossible for sqlite3PcacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==3
4537   ** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to
4538   ** be called in the error state.  Nevertheless, we include a NEVER()
4539   ** test for the error state as a safeguard against future changes.
4540   */
4541   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return SQLITE_OK;
4542   testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK );
4543   testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_OFF );
4544   testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC );
4545   if( pPager->doNotSpill
4546    && ((pPager->doNotSpill & (SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK|SPILLFLAG_OFF))!=0
4547       || (pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0)
4548   ){
4549     return SQLITE_OK;
4550   }
4551 
4552   pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_SPILL]++;
4553   pPg->pDirty = 0;
4554   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
4555     /* Write a single frame for this page to the log. */
4556     rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
4557     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4558       rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pPg, 0, 0);
4559     }
4560   }else{
4561 
4562 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
4563     if( pPager->tempFile==0 ){
4564       rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
4565       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return pager_error(pPager, rc);
4566     }
4567 #endif
4568 
4569     /* Sync the journal file if required. */
4570     if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
4571      || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
4572     ){
4573       rc = syncJournal(pPager, 1);
4574     }
4575 
4576     /* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */
4577     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4578       assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
4579       rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pPg);
4580     }
4581   }
4582 
4583   /* Mark the page as clean. */
4584   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4585     PAGERTRACE(("STRESS %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
4586     sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg);
4587   }
4588 
4589   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
4590 }
4591 
4592 /*
4593 ** Flush all unreferenced dirty pages to disk.
4594 */
4595 int sqlite3PagerFlush(Pager *pPager){
4596   int rc = pPager->errCode;
4597   if( !MEMDB ){
4598     PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
4599     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4600     while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){
4601       PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty;
4602       if( pList->nRef==0 ){
4603         rc = pagerStress((void*)pPager, pList);
4604       }
4605       pList = pNext;
4606     }
4607   }
4608 
4609   return rc;
4610 }
4611 
4612 /*
4613 ** Allocate and initialize a new Pager object and put a pointer to it
4614 ** in *ppPager. The pager should eventually be freed by passing it
4615 ** to sqlite3PagerClose().
4616 **
4617 ** The zFilename argument is the path to the database file to open.
4618 ** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created
4619 ** and used as the file to be cached. Temporary files are be deleted
4620 ** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then
4621 ** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk.
4622 ** This can be used to implement an in-memory database.
4623 **
4624 ** The nExtra parameter specifies the number of bytes of space allocated
4625 ** along with each page reference. This space is available to the user
4626 ** via the sqlite3PagerGetExtra() API.  When a new page is allocated, the
4627 ** first 8 bytes of this space are zeroed but the remainder is uninitialized.
4628 ** (The extra space is used by btree as the MemPage object.)
4629 **
4630 ** The flags argument is used to specify properties that affect the
4631 ** operation of the pager. It should be passed some bitwise combination
4632 ** of the PAGER_* flags.
4633 **
4634 ** The vfsFlags parameter is a bitmask to pass to the flags parameter
4635 ** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files.
4636 **
4637 ** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened
4638 ** successfully, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppPager set to point to
4639 ** the new pager object. If an error occurs, *ppPager is set to NULL
4640 ** and error code returned. This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM
4641 ** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or
4642 ** various SQLITE_IO_XXX errors.
4643 */
4644 int sqlite3PagerOpen(
4645   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,       /* The virtual file system to use */
4646   Pager **ppPager,         /* OUT: Return the Pager structure here */
4647   const char *zFilename,   /* Name of the database file to open */
4648   int nExtra,              /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */
4649   int flags,               /* flags controlling this file */
4650   int vfsFlags,            /* flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
4651   void (*xReinit)(DbPage*) /* Function to reinitialize pages */
4652 ){
4653   u8 *pPtr;
4654   Pager *pPager = 0;       /* Pager object to allocate and return */
4655   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Return code */
4656   int tempFile = 0;        /* True for temp files (incl. in-memory files) */
4657   int memDb = 0;           /* True if this is an in-memory file */
4658 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_DESERIALIZE
4659   int memJM = 0;           /* Memory journal mode */
4660 #else
4661 # define memJM 0
4662 #endif
4663   int readOnly = 0;        /* True if this is a read-only file */
4664   int journalFileSize;     /* Bytes to allocate for each journal fd */
4665   char *zPathname = 0;     /* Full path to database file */
4666   int nPathname = 0;       /* Number of bytes in zPathname */
4667   int useJournal = (flags & PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0; /* False to omit journal */
4668   int pcacheSize = sqlite3PcacheSize();       /* Bytes to allocate for PCache */
4669   u32 szPageDflt = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;  /* Default page size */
4670   const char *zUri = 0;    /* URI args to copy */
4671   int nUriByte = 1;        /* Number of bytes of URI args at *zUri */
4672   int nUri = 0;            /* Number of URI parameters */
4673 
4674   /* Figure out how much space is required for each journal file-handle
4675   ** (there are two of them, the main journal and the sub-journal).  */
4676   journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs));
4677 
4678   /* Set the output variable to NULL in case an error occurs. */
4679   *ppPager = 0;
4680 
4681 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
4682   if( flags & PAGER_MEMORY ){
4683     memDb = 1;
4684     if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4685       zPathname = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, zFilename);
4686       if( zPathname==0  ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
4687       nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname);
4688       zFilename = 0;
4689     }
4690   }
4691 #endif
4692 
4693   /* Compute and store the full pathname in an allocated buffer pointed
4694   ** to by zPathname, length nPathname. Or, if this is a temporary file,
4695   ** leave both nPathname and zPathname set to 0.
4696   */
4697   if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4698     const char *z;
4699     nPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
4700     zPathname = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, nPathname*2);
4701     if( zPathname==0 ){
4702       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
4703     }
4704     zPathname[0] = 0; /* Make sure initialized even if FullPathname() fails */
4705     rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nPathname, zPathname);
4706     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4707       if( rc==SQLITE_OK_SYMLINK ){
4708         if( vfsFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_NOFOLLOW ){
4709           rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_SYMLINK;
4710         }else{
4711           rc = SQLITE_OK;
4712         }
4713       }
4714     }
4715     nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname);
4716     z = zUri = &zFilename[sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)+1];
4717     while( *z ){
4718       z += strlen(z)+1;
4719       z += strlen(z)+1;
4720       nUri++;
4721     }
4722     nUriByte = (int)(&z[1] - zUri);
4723     assert( nUriByte>=1 );
4724     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nPathname+8>pVfs->mxPathname ){
4725       /* This branch is taken when the journal path required by
4726       ** the database being opened will be more than pVfs->mxPathname
4727       ** bytes in length. This means the database cannot be opened,
4728       ** as it will not be possible to open the journal file or even
4729       ** check for a hot-journal before reading.
4730       */
4731       rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
4732     }
4733     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4734       sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4735       return rc;
4736     }
4737   }
4738 
4739   /* Allocate memory for the Pager structure, PCache object, the
4740   ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal
4741   ** file name. The layout in memory is as follows:
4742   **
4743   **     Pager object                    (sizeof(Pager) bytes)
4744   **     PCache object                   (sqlite3PcacheSize() bytes)
4745   **     Database file handle            (pVfs->szOsFile bytes)
4746   **     Sub-journal file handle         (journalFileSize bytes)
4747   **     Main journal file handle        (journalFileSize bytes)
4748   **     Ptr back to the Pager           (sizeof(Pager*) bytes)
4749   **     \0\0\0\0 database prefix        (4 bytes)
4750   **     Database file name              (nPathname+1 bytes)
4751   **     URI query parameters            (nUriByte bytes)
4752   **     Journal filename                (nPathname+8+1 bytes)
4753   **     WAL filename                    (nPathname+4+1 bytes)
4754   **     \0\0\0 terminator               (3 bytes)
4755   **
4756   ** Some 3rd-party software, over which we have no control, depends on
4757   ** the specific order of the filenames and the \0 separators between them
4758   ** so that it can (for example) find the database filename given the WAL
4759   ** filename without using the sqlite3_filename_database() API.  This is a
4760   ** misuse of SQLite and a bug in the 3rd-party software, but the 3rd-party
4761   ** software is in widespread use, so we try to avoid changing the filename
4762   ** order and formatting if possible.  In particular, the details of the
4763   ** filename format expected by 3rd-party software should be as follows:
4764   **
4765   **   - Main Database Path
4766   **   - \0
4767   **   - Multiple URI components consisting of:
4768   **     - Key
4769   **     - \0
4770   **     - Value
4771   **     - \0
4772   **   - \0
4773   **   - Journal Path
4774   **   - \0
4775   **   - WAL Path (zWALName)
4776   **   - \0
4777   **
4778   ** The sqlite3_create_filename() interface and the databaseFilename() utility
4779   ** that is used by sqlite3_filename_database() and kin also depend on the
4780   ** specific formatting and order of the various filenames, so if the format
4781   ** changes here, be sure to change it there as well.
4782   */
4783   pPtr = (u8 *)sqlite3MallocZero(
4784     ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)) +            /* Pager structure */
4785     ROUND8(pcacheSize) +                 /* PCache object */
4786     ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile) +             /* The main db file */
4787     journalFileSize * 2 +                /* The two journal files */
4788     sizeof(pPager) +                     /* Space to hold a pointer */
4789     4 +                                  /* Database prefix */
4790     nPathname + 1 +                      /* database filename */
4791     nUriByte +                           /* query parameters */
4792     nPathname + 8 + 1 +                  /* Journal filename */
4793 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4794     nPathname + 4 + 1 +                  /* WAL filename */
4795 #endif
4796     3                                    /* Terminator */
4797   );
4798   assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(journalFileSize)) );
4799   if( !pPtr ){
4800     sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4801     return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
4802   }
4803   pPager = (Pager*)pPtr;                  pPtr += ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager));
4804   pPager->pPCache = (PCache*)pPtr;        pPtr += ROUND8(pcacheSize);
4805   pPager->fd = (sqlite3_file*)pPtr;       pPtr += ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile);
4806   pPager->sjfd = (sqlite3_file*)pPtr;     pPtr += journalFileSize;
4807   pPager->jfd =  (sqlite3_file*)pPtr;     pPtr += journalFileSize;
4808   assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pPager->jfd) );
4809   memcpy(pPtr, &pPager, sizeof(pPager));  pPtr += sizeof(pPager);
4810 
4811   /* Fill in the Pager.zFilename and pPager.zQueryParam fields */
4812                                           pPtr += 4;  /* Skip zero prefix */
4813   pPager->zFilename = (char*)pPtr;
4814   if( nPathname>0 ){
4815     memcpy(pPtr, zPathname, nPathname);   pPtr += nPathname + 1;
4816     if( zUri ){
4817       memcpy(pPtr, zUri, nUriByte);       pPtr += nUriByte;
4818     }else{
4819                                           pPtr++;
4820     }
4821   }
4822 
4823 
4824   /* Fill in Pager.zJournal */
4825   if( nPathname>0 ){
4826     pPager->zJournal = (char*)pPtr;
4827     memcpy(pPtr, zPathname, nPathname);   pPtr += nPathname;
4828     memcpy(pPtr, "-journal",8);           pPtr += 8 + 1;
4829 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES
4830     sqlite3FileSuffix3(zFilename,pPager->zJournal);
4831     pPtr = (u8*)(pPager->zJournal + sqlite3Strlen30(pPager->zJournal)+1);
4832 #endif
4833   }else{
4834     pPager->zJournal = 0;
4835   }
4836 
4837 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4838   /* Fill in Pager.zWal */
4839   if( nPathname>0 ){
4840     pPager->zWal = (char*)pPtr;
4841     memcpy(pPtr, zPathname, nPathname);   pPtr += nPathname;
4842     memcpy(pPtr, "-wal", 4);              pPtr += 4 + 1;
4843 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES
4844     sqlite3FileSuffix3(zFilename, pPager->zWal);
4845     pPtr = (u8*)(pPager->zWal + sqlite3Strlen30(pPager->zWal)+1);
4846 #endif
4847   }else{
4848     pPager->zWal = 0;
4849   }
4850 #endif
4851 
4852   if( nPathname ) sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4853   pPager->pVfs = pVfs;
4854   pPager->vfsFlags = vfsFlags;
4855 
4856   /* Open the pager file.
4857   */
4858   if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4859     int fout = 0;                    /* VFS flags returned by xOpen() */
4860     rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zFilename, pPager->fd, vfsFlags, &fout);
4861     assert( !memDb );
4862 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_DESERIALIZE
4863     memJM = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY)!=0;
4864 #endif
4865     readOnly = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY)!=0;
4866 
4867     /* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access,
4868     ** choose a default page size in case we have to create the
4869     ** database file. The default page size is the maximum of:
4870     **
4871     **    + SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE,
4872     **    + The value returned by sqlite3OsSectorSize()
4873     **    + The largest page size that can be written atomically.
4874     */
4875     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4876       int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
4877       if( !readOnly ){
4878         setSectorSize(pPager);
4879         assert(SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE);
4880         if( szPageDflt<pPager->sectorSize ){
4881           if( pPager->sectorSize>SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE ){
4882             szPageDflt = SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;
4883           }else{
4884             szPageDflt = (u32)pPager->sectorSize;
4885           }
4886         }
4887 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
4888         {
4889           int ii;
4890           assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
4891           assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
4892           assert(SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=65536);
4893           for(ii=szPageDflt; ii<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; ii=ii*2){
4894             if( iDc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(ii>>8)) ){
4895               szPageDflt = ii;
4896             }
4897           }
4898         }
4899 #endif
4900       }
4901       pPager->noLock = sqlite3_uri_boolean(pPager->zFilename, "nolock", 0);
4902       if( (iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE)!=0
4903        || sqlite3_uri_boolean(pPager->zFilename, "immutable", 0) ){
4904           vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY;
4905           goto act_like_temp_file;
4906       }
4907     }
4908   }else{
4909     /* If a temporary file is requested, it is not opened immediately.
4910     ** In this case we accept the default page size and delay actually
4911     ** opening the file until the first call to OsWrite().
4912     **
4913     ** This branch is also run for an in-memory database. An in-memory
4914     ** database is the same as a temp-file that is never written out to
4915     ** disk and uses an in-memory rollback journal.
4916     **
4917     ** This branch also runs for files marked as immutable.
4918     */
4919 act_like_temp_file:
4920     tempFile = 1;
4921     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;     /* Pretend we already have a lock */
4922     pPager->eLock = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK;    /* Pretend we are in EXCLUSIVE mode */
4923     pPager->noLock = 1;                /* Do no locking */
4924     readOnly = (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
4925   }
4926 
4927   /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of
4928   ** Pager.pageSize and to allocate the Pager.pTmpSpace buffer.
4929   */
4930   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4931     assert( pPager->memDb==0 );
4932     rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &szPageDflt, -1);
4933     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
4934   }
4935 
4936   /* Initialize the PCache object. */
4937   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4938     nExtra = ROUND8(nExtra);
4939     assert( nExtra>=8 && nExtra<1000 );
4940     rc = sqlite3PcacheOpen(szPageDflt, nExtra, !memDb,
4941                        !memDb?pagerStress:0, (void *)pPager, pPager->pPCache);
4942   }
4943 
4944   /* If an error occurred above, free the  Pager structure and close the file.
4945   */
4946   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4947     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
4948     sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
4949     sqlite3_free(pPager);
4950     return rc;
4951   }
4952 
4953   PAGERTRACE(("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(pPager->fd), pPager->zFilename));
4954   IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager, pPager->zFilename))
4955 
4956   pPager->useJournal = (u8)useJournal;
4957   /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */
4958   /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */
4959   /* pPager->nRef = 0; */
4960   /* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */
4961   /* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */
4962   /* pPager->nPage = 0; */
4963   pPager->mxPgno = SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT;
4964   /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */
4965   /* pPager->errMask = 0; */
4966   pPager->tempFile = (u8)tempFile;
4967   assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
4968           || tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
4969   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 );
4970   pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)tempFile;
4971   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
4972   pPager->memDb = (u8)memDb;
4973   pPager->readOnly = (u8)readOnly;
4974   assert( useJournal || pPager->tempFile );
4975   pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile;
4976   if( pPager->noSync ){
4977     assert( pPager->fullSync==0 );
4978     assert( pPager->extraSync==0 );
4979     assert( pPager->syncFlags==0 );
4980     assert( pPager->walSyncFlags==0 );
4981   }else{
4982     pPager->fullSync = 1;
4983     pPager->extraSync = 0;
4984     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
4985     pPager->walSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL | (SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL<<2);
4986   }
4987   /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */
4988   /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */
4989   /* pPager->pLast = 0; */
4990   pPager->nExtra = (u16)nExtra;
4991   pPager->journalSizeLimit = SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT;
4992   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || tempFile );
4993   setSectorSize(pPager);
4994   if( !useJournal ){
4995     pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF;
4996   }else if( memDb || memJM ){
4997     pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY;
4998   }
4999   /* pPager->xBusyHandler = 0; */
5000   /* pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = 0; */
5001   pPager->xReiniter = xReinit;
5002   setGetterMethod(pPager);
5003   /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */
5004   /* pPager->szMmap = SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE // will be set by btree.c */
5005 
5006   *ppPager = pPager;
5007   return SQLITE_OK;
5008 }
5009 
5010 /*
5011 ** Return the sqlite3_file for the main database given the name
5012 ** of the corresonding WAL or Journal name as passed into
5013 ** xOpen.
5014 */
5015 sqlite3_file *sqlite3_database_file_object(const char *zName){
5016   Pager *pPager;
5017   while( zName[-1]!=0 || zName[-2]!=0 || zName[-3]!=0 || zName[-4]!=0 ){
5018     zName--;
5019   }
5020   pPager = *(Pager**)(zName - 4 - sizeof(Pager*));
5021   return pPager->fd;
5022 }
5023 
5024 
5025 /*
5026 ** This function is called after transitioning from PAGER_UNLOCK to
5027 ** PAGER_SHARED state. It tests if there is a hot journal present in
5028 ** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that
5029 ** needs to be played back. According to this function, a hot-journal
5030 ** file exists if the following criteria are met:
5031 **
5032 **   * The journal file exists in the file system, and
5033 **   * No process holds a RESERVED or greater lock on the database file, and
5034 **   * The database file itself is greater than 0 bytes in size, and
5035 **   * The first byte of the journal file exists and is not 0x00.
5036 **
5037 ** If the current size of the database file is 0 but a journal file
5038 ** exists, that is probably an old journal left over from a prior
5039 ** database with the same name. In this case the journal file is
5040 ** just deleted using OsDelete, *pExists is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK
5041 ** is returned.
5042 **
5043 ** This routine does not check if there is a master journal filename
5044 ** at the end of the file. If there is, and that master journal file
5045 ** does not exist, then the journal file is not really hot. In this
5046 ** case this routine will return a false-positive. The pager_playback()
5047 ** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and
5048 ** will not roll it back.
5049 **
5050 ** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and
5051 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If no hot-journal file is present, *pExists is
5052 ** set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying
5053 ** to determine whether or not a hot-journal file exists, the IO error
5054 ** code is returned and the value of *pExists is undefined.
5055 */
5056 static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){
5057   sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
5058   int rc = SQLITE_OK;           /* Return code */
5059   int exists = 1;               /* True if a journal file is present */
5060   int jrnlOpen = !!isOpen(pPager->jfd);
5061 
5062   assert( pPager->useJournal );
5063   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
5064   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
5065 
5066   assert( jrnlOpen==0 || ( sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->jfd) &
5067     SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN
5068   ));
5069 
5070   *pExists = 0;
5071   if( !jrnlOpen ){
5072     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
5073   }
5074   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exists ){
5075     int locked = 0;             /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */
5076 
5077     /* Race condition here:  Another process might have been holding the
5078     ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess()
5079     ** call above, but then delete the journal and drop the lock before
5080     ** we get to the following sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock() call.  If that
5081     ** is the case, this routine might think there is a hot journal when
5082     ** in fact there is none.  This results in a false-positive which will
5083     ** be dealt with by the playback routine.  Ticket #3883.
5084     */
5085     rc = sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager->fd, &locked);
5086     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !locked ){
5087       Pgno nPage;                 /* Number of pages in database file */
5088 
5089       assert( pPager->tempFile==0 );
5090       rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
5091       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5092         /* If the database is zero pages in size, that means that either (1) the
5093         ** journal is a remnant from a prior database with the same name where
5094         ** the database file but not the journal was deleted, or (2) the initial
5095         ** transaction that populates a new database is being rolled back.
5096         ** In either case, the journal file can be deleted.  However, take care
5097         ** not to delete the journal file if it is already open due to
5098         ** journal_mode=PERSIST.
5099         */
5100         if( nPage==0 && !jrnlOpen ){
5101           sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
5102           if( pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK)==SQLITE_OK ){
5103             sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
5104             if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
5105           }
5106           sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
5107         }else{
5108           /* The journal file exists and no other connection has a reserved
5109           ** or greater lock on the database file. Now check that there is
5110           ** at least one non-zero bytes at the start of the journal file.
5111           ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not,
5112           ** it can be ignored.
5113           */
5114           if( !jrnlOpen ){
5115             int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
5116             rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &f);
5117           }
5118           if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5119             u8 first = 0;
5120             rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, (void *)&first, 1, 0);
5121             if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
5122               rc = SQLITE_OK;
5123             }
5124             if( !jrnlOpen ){
5125               sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
5126             }
5127             *pExists = (first!=0);
5128           }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){
5129             /* If we cannot open the rollback journal file in order to see if
5130             ** it has a zero header, that might be due to an I/O error, or
5131             ** it might be due to the race condition described above and in
5132             ** ticket #3883.  Either way, assume that the journal is hot.
5133             ** This might be a false positive.  But if it is, then the
5134             ** automatic journal playback and recovery mechanism will deal
5135             ** with it under an EXCLUSIVE lock where we do not need to
5136             ** worry so much with race conditions.
5137             */
5138             *pExists = 1;
5139             rc = SQLITE_OK;
5140           }
5141         }
5142       }
5143     }
5144   }
5145 
5146   return rc;
5147 }
5148 
5149 /*
5150 ** This function is called to obtain a shared lock on the database file.
5151 ** It is illegal to call sqlite3PagerGet() until after this function
5152 ** has been successfully called. If a shared-lock is already held when
5153 ** this function is called, it is a no-op.
5154 **
5155 ** The following operations are also performed by this function.
5156 **
5157 **   1) If the pager is currently in PAGER_OPEN state (no lock held
5158 **      on the database file), then an attempt is made to obtain a
5159 **      SHARED lock on the database file. Immediately after obtaining
5160 **      the SHARED lock, the file-system is checked for a hot-journal,
5161 **      which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal
5162 **      rollback, the contents of the cache are validated by checking
5163 **      the 'change-counter' field of the database file header and
5164 **      discarded if they are found to be invalid.
5165 **
5166 **   2) If the pager is running in exclusive-mode, and there are currently
5167 **      no outstanding references to any pages, and is in the error state,
5168 **      then an attempt is made to clear the error state by discarding
5169 **      the contents of the page cache and rolling back any open journal
5170 **      file.
5171 **
5172 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
5173 ** occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal file or
5174 ** rolling back a journal file, the IO error code is returned.
5175 */
5176 int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){
5177   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                /* Return code */
5178 
5179   /* This routine is only called from b-tree and only when there are no
5180   ** outstanding pages. This implies that the pager state should either
5181   ** be OPEN or READER. READER is only possible if the pager is or was in
5182   ** exclusive access mode.  */
5183   assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
5184   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5185   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
5186   assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
5187 
5188   if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ){
5189     int bHotJournal = 1;          /* True if there exists a hot journal-file */
5190 
5191     assert( !MEMDB );
5192     assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
5193 
5194     rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
5195     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5196       assert( pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK );
5197       goto failed;
5198     }
5199 
5200     /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the
5201     ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted.
5202     */
5203     if( pPager->eLock<=SHARED_LOCK ){
5204       rc = hasHotJournal(pPager, &bHotJournal);
5205     }
5206     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5207       goto failed;
5208     }
5209     if( bHotJournal ){
5210       if( pPager->readOnly ){
5211         rc = SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK;
5212         goto failed;
5213       }
5214 
5215       /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is
5216       ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the
5217       ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the
5218       ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the
5219       ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the
5220       ** hot-journal back.
5221       **
5222       ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, any
5223       ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to
5224       ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock
5225       ** on the database file.
5226       **
5227       ** Unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, the lock is
5228       ** downgraded to SHARED_LOCK before this function returns.
5229       */
5230       rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5231       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5232         goto failed;
5233       }
5234 
5235       /* If it is not already open and the file exists on disk, open the
5236       ** journal for read/write access. Write access is required because
5237       ** in exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open
5238       ** and possibly used for a transaction later on. Also, write-access
5239       ** is usually required to finalize the journal in journal_mode=persist
5240       ** mode (and also for journal_mode=truncate on some systems).
5241       **
5242       ** If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some
5243       ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before
5244       ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it
5245       ** may mean that the pager was in the error-state when this
5246       ** function was called and the journal file does not exist.
5247       */
5248       if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5249         sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
5250         int bExists;              /* True if journal file exists */
5251         rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
5252             pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &bExists);
5253         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bExists ){
5254           int fout = 0;
5255           int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
5256           assert( !pPager->tempFile );
5257           rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &fout);
5258           assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
5259           if( rc==SQLITE_OK && fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){
5260             rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
5261             sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
5262           }
5263         }
5264       }
5265 
5266       /* Playback and delete the journal.  Drop the database write
5267       ** lock and reacquire the read lock. Purge the cache before
5268       ** playing back the hot-journal so that we don't end up with
5269       ** an inconsistent cache.  Sync the hot journal before playing
5270       ** it back since the process that crashed and left the hot journal
5271       ** probably did not sync it and we are required to always sync
5272       ** the journal before playing it back.
5273       */
5274       if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5275         assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5276         rc = pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager);
5277         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5278           rc = pager_playback(pPager, !pPager->tempFile);
5279           pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
5280         }
5281       }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
5282         pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
5283       }
5284 
5285       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5286         /* This branch is taken if an error occurs while trying to open
5287         ** or roll back a hot-journal while holding an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
5288         ** pager_unlock() routine will be called before returning to unlock
5289         ** the file. If the unlock attempt fails, then Pager.eLock must be
5290         ** set to UNKNOWN_LOCK (see the comment above the #define for
5291         ** UNKNOWN_LOCK above for an explanation).
5292         **
5293         ** In order to get pager_unlock() to do this, set Pager.eState to
5294         ** PAGER_ERROR now. This is not actually counted as a transition
5295         ** to ERROR state in the state diagram at the top of this file,
5296         ** since we know that the same call to pager_unlock() will very
5297         ** shortly transition the pager object to the OPEN state. Calling
5298         ** assert_pager_state() would fail now, as it should not be possible
5299         ** to be in ERROR state when there are zero outstanding page
5300         ** references.
5301         */
5302         pager_error(pPager, rc);
5303         goto failed;
5304       }
5305 
5306       assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
5307       assert( (pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK)
5308            || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->eLock>SHARED_LOCK)
5309       );
5310     }
5311 
5312     if( !pPager->tempFile && pPager->hasHeldSharedLock ){
5313       /* The shared-lock has just been acquired then check to
5314       ** see if the database has been modified.  If the database has changed,
5315       ** flush the cache.  The hasHeldSharedLock flag prevents this from
5316       ** occurring on the very first access to a file, in order to save a
5317       ** single unnecessary sqlite3OsRead() call at the start-up.
5318       **
5319       ** Database changes are detected by looking at 15 bytes beginning
5320       ** at offset 24 into the file.  The first 4 of these 16 bytes are
5321       ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change.  The
5322       ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when
5323       ** a codec is in use.
5324       **
5325       ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be
5326       ** detected.  The chance of an undetected change is so small that
5327       ** it can be neglected.
5328       */
5329       char dbFileVers[sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)];
5330 
5331       IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager, sizeof(dbFileVers)));
5332       rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, &dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers), 24);
5333       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5334         if( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
5335           goto failed;
5336         }
5337         memset(dbFileVers, 0, sizeof(dbFileVers));
5338       }
5339 
5340       if( memcmp(pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers))!=0 ){
5341         pager_reset(pPager);
5342 
5343         /* Unmap the database file. It is possible that external processes
5344         ** may have truncated the database file and then extended it back
5345         ** to its original size while this process was not holding a lock.
5346         ** In this case there may exist a Pager.pMap mapping that appears
5347         ** to be the right size but is not actually valid. Avoid this
5348         ** possibility by unmapping the db here. */
5349         if( USEFETCH(pPager) ){
5350           sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
5351         }
5352       }
5353     }
5354 
5355     /* If there is a WAL file in the file-system, open this database in WAL
5356     ** mode. Otherwise, the following function call is a no-op.
5357     */
5358     rc = pagerOpenWalIfPresent(pPager);
5359 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
5360     assert( pPager->pWal==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
5361 #endif
5362   }
5363 
5364   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5365     assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5366     rc = pagerBeginReadTransaction(pPager);
5367   }
5368 
5369   if( pPager->tempFile==0 && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5370     rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &pPager->dbSize);
5371   }
5372 
5373  failed:
5374   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5375     assert( !MEMDB );
5376     pager_unlock(pPager);
5377     assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
5378   }else{
5379     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
5380     pPager->hasHeldSharedLock = 1;
5381   }
5382   return rc;
5383 }
5384 
5385 /*
5386 ** If the reference count has reached zero, rollback any active
5387 ** transaction and unlock the pager.
5388 **
5389 ** Except, in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE when there is nothing to in
5390 ** the rollback journal, the unlock is not performed and there is
5391 ** nothing to rollback, so this routine is a no-op.
5392 */
5393 static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){
5394   if( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ){
5395     assert( pPager->nMmapOut==0 ); /* because page1 is never memory mapped */
5396     pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
5397   }
5398 }
5399 
5400 /*
5401 ** The page getter methods each try to acquire a reference to a
5402 ** page with page number pgno. If the requested reference is
5403 ** successfully obtained, it is copied to *ppPage and SQLITE_OK returned.
5404 **
5405 ** There are different implementations of the getter method depending
5406 ** on the current state of the pager.
5407 **
5408 **     getPageNormal()         --  The normal getter
5409 **     getPageError()          --  Used if the pager is in an error state
5410 **     getPageMmap()           --  Used if memory-mapped I/O is enabled
5411 **
5412 ** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned.
5413 ** Otherwise, a new page object is allocated and populated with data
5414 ** read from the database file. In some cases, the pcache module may
5415 ** choose not to allocate a new page object and may reuse an existing
5416 ** object with no outstanding references.
5417 **
5418 ** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the
5419 ** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is
5420 ** already in the cache when this function is called, then the extra
5421 ** data is left as it was when the page object was last used.
5422 **
5423 ** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if
5424 ** the flags parameter contains the PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT bit and the
5425 ** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no
5426 ** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the
5427 ** page is initialized to all zeros.
5428 **
5429 ** If PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is true, it means that we do not care about
5430 ** the contents of the page. This occurs in two scenarios:
5431 **
5432 **   a) When reading a free-list leaf page from the database, and
5433 **
5434 **   b) When a savepoint is being rolled back and we need to load
5435 **      a new page into the cache to be filled with the data read
5436 **      from the savepoint journal.
5437 **
5438 ** If PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is true, then the data returned is zeroed instead
5439 ** of being read from the database. Additionally, the bits corresponding
5440 ** to pgno in Pager.pInJournal (bitvec of pages already written to the
5441 ** journal file) and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs of any open
5442 ** savepoints are set. This means if the page is made writable at any
5443 ** point in the future, using a call to sqlite3PagerWrite(), its contents
5444 ** will not be journaled. This saves IO.
5445 **
5446 ** The acquisition might fail for several reasons.  In all cases,
5447 ** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL.
5448 **
5449 ** See also sqlite3PagerLookup().  Both this routine and Lookup() attempt
5450 ** to find a page in the in-memory cache first.  If the page is not already
5451 ** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup()
5452 ** just returns 0.  This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it
5453 ** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary.
5454 ** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks
5455 ** or journal files.
5456 */
5457 static int getPageNormal(
5458   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
5459   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
5460   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5461   int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5462 ){
5463   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5464   PgHdr *pPg;
5465   u8 noContent;                   /* True if PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is set */
5466   sqlite3_pcache_page *pBase;
5467 
5468   assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
5469   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
5470   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5471   assert( pPager->hasHeldSharedLock==1 );
5472 
5473   if( pgno==0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
5474   pBase = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 3);
5475   if( pBase==0 ){
5476     pPg = 0;
5477     rc = sqlite3PcacheFetchStress(pPager->pPCache, pgno, &pBase);
5478     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err;
5479     if( pBase==0 ){
5480       rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
5481       goto pager_acquire_err;
5482     }
5483   }
5484   pPg = *ppPage = sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pBase);
5485   assert( pPg==(*ppPage) );
5486   assert( pPg->pgno==pgno );
5487   assert( pPg->pPager==pPager || pPg->pPager==0 );
5488 
5489   noContent = (flags & PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT)!=0;
5490   if( pPg->pPager && !noContent ){
5491     /* In this case the pcache already contains an initialized copy of
5492     ** the page. Return without further ado.  */
5493     assert( pgno<=PAGER_MAX_PGNO && pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
5494     pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]++;
5495     return SQLITE_OK;
5496 
5497   }else{
5498     /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to
5499     ** be initialized. But first some error checks:
5500     **
5501     ** (1) The maximum page number is 2^31
5502     ** (2) Never try to fetch the locking page
5503     */
5504     if( pgno>PAGER_MAX_PGNO || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
5505       rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
5506       goto pager_acquire_err;
5507     }
5508 
5509     pPg->pPager = pPager;
5510 
5511     assert( !isOpen(pPager->fd) || !MEMDB );
5512     if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->dbSize<pgno || noContent ){
5513       if( pgno>pPager->mxPgno ){
5514         rc = SQLITE_FULL;
5515         goto pager_acquire_err;
5516       }
5517       if( noContent ){
5518         /* Failure to set the bits in the InJournal bit-vectors is benign.
5519         ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a
5520         ** page that does not need to be journaled.  Nevertheless, be sure
5521         ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set
5522         ** a bit in a bit vector.
5523         */
5524         sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
5525         if( pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
5526           TESTONLY( rc = ) sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pgno);
5527           testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5528         }
5529         TESTONLY( rc = ) addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pgno);
5530         testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5531         sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
5532       }
5533       memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize);
5534       IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
5535     }else{
5536       assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
5537       pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]++;
5538       rc = readDbPage(pPg);
5539       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5540         goto pager_acquire_err;
5541       }
5542     }
5543     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
5544   }
5545   return SQLITE_OK;
5546 
5547 pager_acquire_err:
5548   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
5549   if( pPg ){
5550     sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
5551   }
5552   pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
5553   *ppPage = 0;
5554   return rc;
5555 }
5556 
5557 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
5558 /* The page getter for when memory-mapped I/O is enabled */
5559 static int getPageMMap(
5560   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
5561   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
5562   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5563   int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5564 ){
5565   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5566   PgHdr *pPg = 0;
5567   u32 iFrame = 0;                 /* Frame to read from WAL file */
5568 
5569   /* It is acceptable to use a read-only (mmap) page for any page except
5570   ** page 1 if there is no write-transaction open or the ACQUIRE_READONLY
5571   ** flag was specified by the caller. And so long as the db is not a
5572   ** temporary or in-memory database.  */
5573   const int bMmapOk = (pgno>1
5574    && (pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || (flags & PAGER_GET_READONLY))
5575   );
5576 
5577   assert( USEFETCH(pPager) );
5578 
5579   /* Optimization note:  Adding the "pgno<=1" term before "pgno==0" here
5580   ** allows the compiler optimizer to reuse the results of the "pgno>1"
5581   ** test in the previous statement, and avoid testing pgno==0 in the
5582   ** common case where pgno is large. */
5583   if( pgno<=1 && pgno==0 ){
5584     return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
5585   }
5586   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
5587   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5588   assert( pPager->hasHeldSharedLock==1 );
5589   assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
5590 
5591   if( bMmapOk && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5592     rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame);
5593     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5594       *ppPage = 0;
5595       return rc;
5596     }
5597   }
5598   if( bMmapOk && iFrame==0 ){
5599     void *pData = 0;
5600     rc = sqlite3OsFetch(pPager->fd,
5601         (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pPager->pageSize, &pData
5602     );
5603     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pData ){
5604       if( pPager->eState>PAGER_READER || pPager->tempFile ){
5605         pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
5606       }
5607       if( pPg==0 ){
5608         rc = pagerAcquireMapPage(pPager, pgno, pData, &pPg);
5609       }else{
5610         sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pData);
5611       }
5612       if( pPg ){
5613         assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5614         *ppPage = pPg;
5615         return SQLITE_OK;
5616       }
5617     }
5618     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5619       *ppPage = 0;
5620       return rc;
5621     }
5622   }
5623   return getPageNormal(pPager, pgno, ppPage, flags);
5624 }
5625 #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */
5626 
5627 /* The page getter method for when the pager is an error state */
5628 static int getPageError(
5629   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
5630   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
5631   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5632   int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5633 ){
5634   UNUSED_PARAMETER(pgno);
5635   UNUSED_PARAMETER(flags);
5636   assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK );
5637   *ppPage = 0;
5638   return pPager->errCode;
5639 }
5640 
5641 
5642 /* Dispatch all page fetch requests to the appropriate getter method.
5643 */
5644 int sqlite3PagerGet(
5645   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
5646   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
5647   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5648   int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5649 ){
5650   return pPager->xGet(pPager, pgno, ppPage, flags);
5651 }
5652 
5653 /*
5654 ** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache.  Do
5655 ** not read the page from disk.  Return a pointer to the page,
5656 ** or 0 if the page is not in cache.
5657 **
5658 ** See also sqlite3PagerGet().  The difference between this routine
5659 ** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read
5660 ** in the page if the page is not already in cache.  This routine
5661 ** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error
5662 ** has ever happened.
5663 */
5664 DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
5665   sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage;
5666   assert( pPager!=0 );
5667   assert( pgno!=0 );
5668   assert( pPager->pPCache!=0 );
5669   pPage = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0);
5670   assert( pPage==0 || pPager->hasHeldSharedLock );
5671   if( pPage==0 ) return 0;
5672   return sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pPage);
5673 }
5674 
5675 /*
5676 ** Release a page reference.
5677 **
5678 ** The sqlite3PagerUnref() and sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull() may only be
5679 ** used if we know that the page being released is not the last page.
5680 ** The btree layer always holds page1 open until the end, so these first
5681 ** to routines can be used to release any page other than BtShared.pPage1.
5682 **
5683 ** Use sqlite3PagerUnrefPageOne() to release page1.  This latter routine
5684 ** checks the total number of outstanding pages and if the number of
5685 ** pages reaches zero it drops the database lock.
5686 */
5687 void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage *pPg){
5688   TESTONLY( Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; )
5689   assert( pPg!=0 );
5690   if( pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP ){
5691     assert( pPg->pgno!=1 );  /* Page1 is never memory mapped */
5692     pagerReleaseMapPage(pPg);
5693   }else{
5694     sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
5695   }
5696   /* Do not use this routine to release the last reference to page1 */
5697   assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 );
5698 }
5699 void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage *pPg){
5700   if( pPg ) sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg);
5701 }
5702 void sqlite3PagerUnrefPageOne(DbPage *pPg){
5703   Pager *pPager;
5704   assert( pPg!=0 );
5705   assert( pPg->pgno==1 );
5706   assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 ); /* Page1 is never memory mapped */
5707   pPager = pPg->pPager;
5708   sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
5709   pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
5710 }
5711 
5712 /*
5713 ** This function is called at the start of every write transaction.
5714 ** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database
5715 ** file when this routine is called.
5716 **
5717 ** Open the journal file for pager pPager and write a journal header
5718 ** to the start of it. If there are active savepoints, open the sub-journal
5719 ** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being
5720 ** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used
5721 ** when opening a hot journal file to roll it back.
5722 **
5723 ** If the journal file is already open (as it may be in exclusive mode),
5724 ** then this function just writes a journal header to the start of the
5725 ** already open file.
5726 **
5727 ** Whether or not the journal file is opened by this function, the
5728 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec structure is allocated.
5729 **
5730 ** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return
5731 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or
5732 ** an IO error code if opening or writing the journal file fails.
5733 */
5734 static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){
5735   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                        /* Return code */
5736   sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;   /* Local cache of vfs pointer */
5737 
5738   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5739   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5740   assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
5741 
5742   /* If already in the error state, this function is a no-op.  But on
5743   ** the other hand, this routine is never called if we are already in
5744   ** an error state. */
5745   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
5746 
5747   if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
5748     pPager->pInJournal = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
5749     if( pPager->pInJournal==0 ){
5750       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
5751     }
5752 
5753     /* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */
5754     if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5755       if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
5756         sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->jfd);
5757       }else{
5758         int flags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE;
5759         int nSpill;
5760 
5761         if( pPager->tempFile ){
5762           flags |= (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL);
5763           nSpill = sqlite3Config.nStmtSpill;
5764         }else{
5765           flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
5766           nSpill = jrnlBufferSize(pPager);
5767         }
5768 
5769         /* Verify that the database still has the same name as it did when
5770         ** it was originally opened. */
5771         rc = databaseIsUnmoved(pPager);
5772         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5773           rc = sqlite3JournalOpen (
5774               pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, nSpill
5775           );
5776         }
5777       }
5778       assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
5779     }
5780 
5781 
5782     /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open
5783     ** the sub-journal if necessary.
5784     */
5785     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5786       /* TODO: Check if all of these are really required. */
5787       pPager->nRec = 0;
5788       pPager->journalOff = 0;
5789       pPager->setMaster = 0;
5790       pPager->journalHdr = 0;
5791       rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
5792     }
5793   }
5794 
5795   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5796     sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
5797     pPager->pInJournal = 0;
5798   }else{
5799     assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5800     pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD;
5801   }
5802 
5803   return rc;
5804 }
5805 
5806 /*
5807 ** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a
5808 ** write-transaction has already been opened, this function is a no-op.
5809 **
5810 ** If the exFlag argument is false, then acquire at least a RESERVED
5811 ** lock on the database file. If exFlag is true, then acquire at least
5812 ** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking
5813 ** functions need be called.
5814 **
5815 ** If the subjInMemory argument is non-zero, then any sub-journal opened
5816 ** within this transaction will be opened as an in-memory file. This
5817 ** has no effect if the sub-journal is already opened (as it may be when
5818 ** running in exclusive mode) or if the transaction does not require a
5819 ** sub-journal. If the subjInMemory argument is zero, then any required
5820 ** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database,
5821 ** or using a temporary file otherwise.
5822 */
5823 int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager *pPager, int exFlag, int subjInMemory){
5824   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5825 
5826   if( pPager->errCode ) return pPager->errCode;
5827   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState<PAGER_ERROR );
5828   pPager->subjInMemory = (u8)subjInMemory;
5829 
5830   if( ALWAYS(pPager->eState==PAGER_READER) ){
5831     assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
5832 
5833     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5834       /* If the pager is configured to use locking_mode=exclusive, and an
5835       ** exclusive lock on the database is not already held, obtain it now.
5836       */
5837       if( pPager->exclusiveMode && sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, -1) ){
5838         rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5839         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5840           return rc;
5841         }
5842         (void)sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 1);
5843       }
5844 
5845       /* Grab the write lock on the log file. If successful, upgrade to
5846       ** PAGER_RESERVED state. Otherwise, return an error code to the caller.
5847       ** The busy-handler is not invoked if another connection already
5848       ** holds the write-lock. If possible, the upper layer will call it.
5849       */
5850       rc = sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
5851     }else{
5852       /* Obtain a RESERVED lock on the database file. If the exFlag parameter
5853       ** is true, then immediately upgrade this to an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
5854       ** busy-handler callback can be used when upgrading to the EXCLUSIVE
5855       ** lock, but not when obtaining the RESERVED lock.
5856       */
5857       rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
5858       if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exFlag ){
5859         rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5860       }
5861     }
5862 
5863     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5864       /* Change to WRITER_LOCKED state.
5865       **
5866       ** WAL mode sets Pager.eState to PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED or CACHEMOD
5867       ** when it has an open transaction, but never to DBMOD or FINISHED.
5868       ** This is because in those states the code to roll back savepoint
5869       ** transactions may copy data from the sub-journal into the database
5870       ** file as well as into the page cache. Which would be incorrect in
5871       ** WAL mode.
5872       */
5873       pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED;
5874       pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
5875       pPager->dbFileSize = pPager->dbSize;
5876       pPager->dbOrigSize = pPager->dbSize;
5877       pPager->journalOff = 0;
5878     }
5879 
5880     assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
5881     assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5882     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5883   }
5884 
5885   PAGERTRACE(("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
5886   return rc;
5887 }
5888 
5889 /*
5890 ** Write page pPg onto the end of the rollback journal.
5891 */
5892 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(PgHdr *pPg){
5893   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
5894   int rc;
5895   u32 cksum;
5896   char *pData2;
5897   i64 iOff = pPager->journalOff;
5898 
5899   /* We should never write to the journal file the page that
5900   ** contains the database locks.  The following assert verifies
5901   ** that we do not. */
5902   assert( pPg->pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
5903 
5904   assert( pPager->journalHdr<=pPager->journalOff );
5905   pData2 = pPg->pData;
5906   cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)pData2);
5907 
5908   /* Even if an IO or diskfull error occurs while journalling the
5909   ** page in the block above, set the need-sync flag for the page.
5910   ** Otherwise, when the transaction is rolled back, the logic in
5911   ** playback_one_page() will think that the page needs to be restored
5912   ** in the database file. And if an IO error occurs while doing so,
5913   ** then corruption may follow.
5914   */
5915   pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
5916 
5917   rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff, pPg->pgno);
5918   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5919   rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, iOff+4);
5920   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5921   rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff+pPager->pageSize+4, cksum);
5922   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5923 
5924   IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno,
5925            pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize));
5926   PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count);
5927   PAGERTRACE(("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n",
5928        PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
5929        ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg)));
5930 
5931   pPager->journalOff += 8 + pPager->pageSize;
5932   pPager->nRec++;
5933   assert( pPager->pInJournal!=0 );
5934   rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
5935   testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5936   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5937   rc |= addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
5938   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5939   return rc;
5940 }
5941 
5942 /*
5943 ** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the
5944 ** main journal or sub-journal as required. If the page is written into
5945 ** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the
5946 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs
5947 ** of any open savepoints as appropriate.
5948 */
5949 static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){
5950   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
5951   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5952 
5953   /* This routine is not called unless a write-transaction has already
5954   ** been started. The journal file may or may not be open at this point.
5955   ** It is never called in the ERROR state.
5956   */
5957   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
5958        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
5959        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
5960   );
5961   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5962   assert( pPager->errCode==0 );
5963   assert( pPager->readOnly==0 );
5964   CHECK_PAGE(pPg);
5965 
5966   /* The journal file needs to be opened. Higher level routines have already
5967   ** obtained the necessary locks to begin the write-transaction, but the
5968   ** rollback journal might not yet be open. Open it now if this is the case.
5969   **
5970   ** This is done before calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty() on the page.
5971   ** Otherwise, if it were done after calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(), then
5972   ** an error might occur and the pager would end up in WRITER_LOCKED state
5973   ** with pages marked as dirty in the cache.
5974   */
5975   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
5976     rc = pager_open_journal(pPager);
5977     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5978   }
5979   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
5980   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5981 
5982   /* Mark the page that is about to be modified as dirty. */
5983   sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
5984 
5985   /* If a rollback journal is in use, them make sure the page that is about
5986   ** to change is in the rollback journal, or if the page is a new page off
5987   ** then end of the file, make sure it is marked as PGHDR_NEED_SYNC.
5988   */
5989   assert( (pPager->pInJournal!=0) == isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
5990   if( pPager->pInJournal!=0
5991    && sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno)==0
5992   ){
5993     assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
5994     if( pPg->pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
5995       rc = pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(pPg);
5996       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5997         return rc;
5998       }
5999     }else{
6000       if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ){
6001         pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
6002       }
6003       PAGERTRACE(("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n",
6004               PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
6005              ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0)));
6006     }
6007   }
6008 
6009   /* The PGHDR_DIRTY bit is set above when the page was added to the dirty-list
6010   ** and before writing the page into the rollback journal.  Wait until now,
6011   ** after the page has been successfully journalled, before setting the
6012   ** PGHDR_WRITEABLE bit that indicates that the page can be safely modified.
6013   */
6014   pPg->flags |= PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
6015 
6016   /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it,
6017   ** then write the page into the statement journal.
6018   */
6019   if( pPager->nSavepoint>0 ){
6020     rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
6021   }
6022 
6023   /* Update the database size and return. */
6024   if( pPager->dbSize<pPg->pgno ){
6025     pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno;
6026   }
6027   return rc;
6028 }
6029 
6030 /*
6031 ** This is a variant of sqlite3PagerWrite() that runs when the sector size
6032 ** is larger than the page size.  SQLite makes the (reasonable) assumption that
6033 ** all bytes of a sector are written together by hardware.  Hence, all bytes of
6034 ** a sector need to be journalled in case of a power loss in the middle of
6035 ** a write.
6036 **
6037 ** Usually, the sector size is less than or equal to the page size, in which
6038 ** case pages can be individually written.  This routine only runs in the
6039 ** exceptional case where the page size is smaller than the sector size.
6040 */
6041 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerWriteLargeSector(PgHdr *pPg){
6042   int rc = SQLITE_OK;          /* Return code */
6043   Pgno nPageCount;             /* Total number of pages in database file */
6044   Pgno pg1;                    /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */
6045   int nPage = 0;               /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */
6046   int ii;                      /* Loop counter */
6047   int needSync = 0;            /* True if any page has PGHDR_NEED_SYNC */
6048   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* The pager that owns pPg */
6049   Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize);
6050 
6051   /* Set the doNotSpill NOSYNC bit to 1. This is because we cannot allow
6052   ** a journal header to be written between the pages journaled by
6053   ** this function.
6054   */
6055   assert( !MEMDB );
6056   assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)==0 );
6057   pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC;
6058 
6059   /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are
6060   ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier
6061   ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on.
6062   */
6063   pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1;
6064 
6065   nPageCount = pPager->dbSize;
6066   if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){
6067     nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1;
6068   }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){
6069     nPage = nPageCount+1-pg1;
6070   }else{
6071     nPage = nPagePerSector;
6072   }
6073   assert(nPage>0);
6074   assert(pg1<=pPg->pgno);
6075   assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno);
6076 
6077   for(ii=0; ii<nPage && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){
6078     Pgno pg = pg1+ii;
6079     PgHdr *pPage;
6080     if( pg==pPg->pgno || !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pg) ){
6081       if( pg!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
6082         rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage, 0);
6083         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6084           rc = pager_write(pPage);
6085           if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
6086             needSync = 1;
6087           }
6088           sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
6089         }
6090       }
6091     }else if( (pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg))!=0 ){
6092       if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
6093         needSync = 1;
6094       }
6095       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
6096     }
6097   }
6098 
6099   /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages
6100   ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because
6101   ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the
6102   ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them
6103   ** before any of them can be written out to the database file.
6104   */
6105   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && needSync ){
6106     assert( !MEMDB );
6107     for(ii=0; ii<nPage; ii++){
6108       PgHdr *pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg1+ii);
6109       if( pPage ){
6110         pPage->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
6111         sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
6112       }
6113     }
6114   }
6115 
6116   assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)!=0 );
6117   pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC;
6118   return rc;
6119 }
6120 
6121 /*
6122 ** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before
6123 ** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value
6124 ** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless
6125 ** this routine returns SQLITE_OK.
6126 **
6127 ** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this
6128 ** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages
6129 ** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages
6130 ** must have been written to the journal file before returning.
6131 **
6132 ** If an error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code is returned
6133 ** as appropriate. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
6134 */
6135 int sqlite3PagerWrite(PgHdr *pPg){
6136   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
6137   assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 );
6138   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
6139   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6140   if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE)!=0 && pPager->dbSize>=pPg->pgno ){
6141     if( pPager->nSavepoint ) return subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
6142     return SQLITE_OK;
6143   }else if( pPager->errCode ){
6144     return pPager->errCode;
6145   }else if( pPager->sectorSize > (u32)pPager->pageSize ){
6146     assert( pPager->tempFile==0 );
6147     return pagerWriteLargeSector(pPg);
6148   }else{
6149     return pager_write(pPg);
6150   }
6151 }
6152 
6153 /*
6154 ** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed
6155 ** to sqlite3PagerWrite().  In other words, return TRUE if it is ok
6156 ** to change the content of the page.
6157 */
6158 #ifndef NDEBUG
6159 int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage *pPg){
6160   return pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
6161 }
6162 #endif
6163 
6164 /*
6165 ** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to
6166 ** write the information on page pPg back to the disk, even though
6167 ** that page might be marked as dirty.  This happens, for example, when
6168 ** the page has been added as a leaf of the freelist and so its
6169 ** content no longer matters.
6170 **
6171 ** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data
6172 ** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so
6173 ** that it does not get written to disk.
6174 **
6175 ** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large
6176 ** DELETE operations.
6177 **
6178 ** This optimization cannot be used with a temp-file, as the page may
6179 ** have been dirty at the start of the transaction. In that case, if
6180 ** memory pressure forces page pPg out of the cache, the data does need
6181 ** to be written out to disk so that it may be read back in if the
6182 ** current transaction is rolled back.
6183 */
6184 void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr *pPg){
6185   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
6186   if( !pPager->tempFile && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && pPager->nSavepoint==0 ){
6187     PAGERTRACE(("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager)));
6188     IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno))
6189     pPg->flags |= PGHDR_DONT_WRITE;
6190     pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
6191     testcase( pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC );
6192     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
6193   }
6194 }
6195 
6196 /*
6197 ** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file
6198 ** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at
6199 ** byte offset 24 of the pager file.  The secondary change counter at
6200 ** 92 is also updated, as is the SQLite version number at offset 96.
6201 **
6202 ** But this only happens if the pPager->changeCountDone flag is false.
6203 ** To avoid excess churning of page 1, the update only happens once.
6204 ** See also the pager_write_changecounter() routine that does an
6205 ** unconditional update of the change counters.
6206 **
6207 ** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling
6208 ** sqlite3PagerWrite() on page 1, then modifying the contents of the
6209 ** page data. In this case the file will be updated when the current
6210 ** transaction is committed.
6211 **
6212 ** The isDirectMode flag may only be non-zero if the library was compiled
6213 ** with the SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE macro defined. In this case,
6214 ** if isDirect is non-zero, then the database file is updated directly
6215 ** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the
6216 ** sqlite3OsWrite() function.
6217 */
6218 static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){
6219   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
6220 
6221   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6222        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6223   );
6224   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6225 
6226   /* Declare and initialize constant integer 'isDirect'. If the
6227   ** atomic-write optimization is enabled in this build, then isDirect
6228   ** is initialized to the value passed as the isDirectMode parameter
6229   ** to this function. Otherwise, it is always set to zero.
6230   **
6231   ** The idea is that if the atomic-write optimization is not
6232   ** enabled at compile time, the compiler can omit the tests of
6233   ** 'isDirect' below, as well as the block enclosed in the
6234   ** "if( isDirect )" condition.
6235   */
6236 #ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
6237 # define DIRECT_MODE 0
6238   assert( isDirectMode==0 );
6239   UNUSED_PARAMETER(isDirectMode);
6240 #else
6241 # define DIRECT_MODE isDirectMode
6242 #endif
6243 
6244   if( !pPager->changeCountDone && ALWAYS(pPager->dbSize>0) ){
6245     PgHdr *pPgHdr;                /* Reference to page 1 */
6246 
6247     assert( !pPager->tempFile && isOpen(pPager->fd) );
6248 
6249     /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */
6250     rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPgHdr, 0);
6251     assert( pPgHdr==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
6252 
6253     /* If page one was fetched successfully, and this function is not
6254     ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable.  When not in
6255     ** direct mode, page 1 is always held in cache and hence the PagerGet()
6256     ** above is always successful - hence the ALWAYS on rc==SQLITE_OK.
6257     */
6258     if( !DIRECT_MODE && ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) ){
6259       rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPgHdr);
6260     }
6261 
6262     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6263       /* Actually do the update of the change counter */
6264       pager_write_changecounter(pPgHdr);
6265 
6266       /* If running in direct mode, write the contents of page 1 to the file. */
6267       if( DIRECT_MODE ){
6268         const void *zBuf;
6269         assert( pPager->dbFileSize>0 );
6270         zBuf = pPgHdr->pData;
6271         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6272           rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize, 0);
6273           pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++;
6274         }
6275         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6276           /* Update the pager's copy of the change-counter. Otherwise, the
6277           ** next time a read transaction is opened the cache will be
6278           ** flushed (as the change-counter values will not match).  */
6279           const void *pCopy = (const void *)&((const char *)zBuf)[24];
6280           memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, pCopy, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
6281           pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
6282         }
6283       }else{
6284         pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
6285       }
6286     }
6287 
6288     /* Release the page reference. */
6289     sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr);
6290   }
6291   return rc;
6292 }
6293 
6294 /*
6295 ** Sync the database file to disk. This is a no-op for in-memory databases
6296 ** or pages with the Pager.noSync flag set.
6297 **
6298 ** If successful, or if called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this
6299 ** function returns SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, an IO error code is returned.
6300 */
6301 int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
6302   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
6303   void *pArg = (void*)zMaster;
6304   rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC, pArg);
6305   if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
6306   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
6307     assert( !MEMDB );
6308     rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->syncFlags);
6309   }
6310   return rc;
6311 }
6312 
6313 /*
6314 ** This function may only be called while a write-transaction is active in
6315 ** rollback. If the connection is in WAL mode, this call is a no-op.
6316 ** Otherwise, if the connection does not already have an EXCLUSIVE lock on
6317 ** the database file, an attempt is made to obtain one.
6318 **
6319 ** If the EXCLUSIVE lock is already held or the attempt to obtain it is
6320 ** successful, or the connection is in WAL mode, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6321 ** Otherwise, either SQLITE_BUSY or an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is
6322 ** returned.
6323 */
6324 int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
6325   int rc = pPager->errCode;
6326   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6327   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6328     assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6329          || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6330          || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6331     );
6332     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6333     if( 0==pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6334       rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
6335     }
6336   }
6337   return rc;
6338 }
6339 
6340 /*
6341 ** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zMaster points to the name
6342 ** of a master journal file that should be written into the individual
6343 ** journal file. zMaster may be NULL, which is interpreted as no master
6344 ** journal (a single database transaction).
6345 **
6346 ** This routine ensures that:
6347 **
6348 **   * The database file change-counter is updated,
6349 **   * the journal is synced (unless the atomic-write optimization is used),
6350 **   * all dirty pages are written to the database file,
6351 **   * the database file is truncated (if required), and
6352 **   * the database file synced.
6353 **
6354 ** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize
6355 ** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or
6356 ** delete the master journal file if specified).
6357 **
6358 ** Note that if zMaster==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value
6359 ** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call.
6360 **
6361 ** If the final parameter - noSync - is true, then the database file itself
6362 ** is not synced. The caller must call sqlite3PagerSync() directly to
6363 ** sync the database file before calling CommitPhaseTwo() to delete the
6364 ** journal file in this case.
6365 */
6366 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(
6367   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
6368   const char *zMaster,            /* If not NULL, the master journal name */
6369   int noSync                      /* True to omit the xSync on the db file */
6370 ){
6371   int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
6372 
6373   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6374        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6375        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6376        || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
6377   );
6378   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6379 
6380   /* If a prior error occurred, report that error again. */
6381   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
6382 
6383   /* Provide the ability to easily simulate an I/O error during testing */
6384   if( sqlite3FaultSim(400) ) return SQLITE_IOERR;
6385 
6386   PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zMaster=%s nSize=%d\n",
6387       pPager->zFilename, zMaster, pPager->dbSize));
6388 
6389   /* If no database changes have been made, return early. */
6390   if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return SQLITE_OK;
6391 
6392   assert( MEMDB==0 || pPager->tempFile );
6393   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
6394   if( 0==pagerFlushOnCommit(pPager, 1) ){
6395     /* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this
6396     ** function has already been called, it is mostly a no-op.  However, any
6397     ** backup in progress needs to be restarted.  */
6398     sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
6399   }else{
6400     PgHdr *pList;
6401     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6402       PgHdr *pPageOne = 0;
6403       pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
6404       if( pList==0 ){
6405         /* Must have at least one page for the WAL commit flag.
6406         ** Ticket [2d1a5c67dfc2363e44f29d9bbd57f] 2011-05-18 */
6407         rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPageOne, 0);
6408         pList = pPageOne;
6409         pList->pDirty = 0;
6410       }
6411       assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
6412       if( ALWAYS(pList) ){
6413         rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pList, pPager->dbSize, 1);
6414       }
6415       sqlite3PagerUnref(pPageOne);
6416       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6417         sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
6418       }
6419     }else{
6420       /* The bBatch boolean is true if the batch-atomic-write commit method
6421       ** should be used.  No rollback journal is created if batch-atomic-write
6422       ** is enabled.
6423       */
6424 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
6425       sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd;
6426       int bBatch = zMaster==0    /* An SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC commit */
6427         && (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(fd) & SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC)
6428         && !pPager->noSync
6429         && sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd);
6430 #else
6431 #     define bBatch 0
6432 #endif
6433 
6434 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
6435       /* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it
6436       ** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization
6437       ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the
6438       ** runtime criteria to use the operation:
6439       **
6440       **    * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for
6441       **      blocks of size page-size, and
6442       **    * This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and
6443       **    * Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file.
6444       **
6445       ** If the optimization was not enabled at compile time, then the
6446       ** pager_incr_changecounter() function is called to update the change
6447       ** counter in 'indirect-mode'. If the optimization is compiled in but
6448       ** is not applicable to this transaction, call sqlite3JournalCreate()
6449       ** to make sure the journal file has actually been created, then call
6450       ** pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter in indirect
6451       ** mode.
6452       **
6453       ** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable,
6454       ** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter
6455       ** in 'direct' mode. In this case the journal file will never be
6456       ** created for this transaction.
6457       */
6458       if( bBatch==0 ){
6459         PgHdr *pPg;
6460         assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd)
6461             || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
6462             || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
6463             );
6464         if( !zMaster && isOpen(pPager->jfd)
6465          && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager)
6466          && pPager->dbSize>=pPager->dbOrigSize
6467          && (!(pPg = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)) || 0==pPg->pDirty)
6468         ){
6469           /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The
6470           ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1
6471           ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1
6472           ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write
6473           ** property of the host file-system, this is safe.
6474           */
6475           rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1);
6476         }else{
6477           rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
6478           if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6479             rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
6480           }
6481         }
6482       }
6483 #else  /* SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE */
6484 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
6485       if( zMaster ){
6486         rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
6487         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6488         assert( bBatch==0 );
6489       }
6490 #endif
6491       rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
6492 #endif /* !SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE */
6493       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6494 
6495       /* Write the master journal name into the journal file. If a master
6496       ** journal file name has already been written to the journal file,
6497       ** or if zMaster is NULL (no master journal), then this call is a no-op.
6498       */
6499       rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster);
6500       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6501 
6502       /* Sync the journal file and write all dirty pages to the database.
6503       ** If the atomic-update optimization is being used, this sync will not
6504       ** create the journal file or perform any real IO.
6505       **
6506       ** Because the change-counter page was just modified, unless the
6507       ** atomic-update optimization is used it is almost certain that the
6508       ** journal requires a sync here. However, in locking_mode=exclusive
6509       ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is
6510       ** not the case. In this case it is likely enough that the redundant
6511       ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow.
6512       */
6513       rc = syncJournal(pPager, 0);
6514       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6515 
6516       pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
6517 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
6518       if( bBatch ){
6519         rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0);
6520         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6521           rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pList);
6522           if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6523             rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0);
6524           }
6525           if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
6526             sqlite3OsFileControlHint(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0);
6527           }
6528         }
6529 
6530         if( (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
6531           rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
6532           if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
6533             sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
6534             goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6535           }
6536           bBatch = 0;
6537         }else{
6538           sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
6539         }
6540       }
6541 #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE */
6542 
6543       if( bBatch==0 ){
6544         rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pList);
6545       }
6546       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
6547         assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED );
6548         goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6549       }
6550       sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
6551 
6552       /* If the file on disk is smaller than the database image, use
6553       ** pager_truncate to grow the file here. This can happen if the database
6554       ** image was extended as part of the current transaction and then the
6555       ** last page in the db image moved to the free-list. In this case the
6556       ** last page is never written out to disk, leaving the database file
6557       ** undersized. Fix this now if it is the case.  */
6558       if( pPager->dbSize>pPager->dbFileSize ){
6559         Pgno nNew = pPager->dbSize - (pPager->dbSize==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager));
6560         assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
6561         rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nNew);
6562         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6563       }
6564 
6565       /* Finally, sync the database file. */
6566       if( !noSync ){
6567         rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, zMaster);
6568       }
6569       IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager))
6570     }
6571   }
6572 
6573 commit_phase_one_exit:
6574   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6575     pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED;
6576   }
6577   return rc;
6578 }
6579 
6580 
6581 /*
6582 ** When this function is called, the database file has been completely
6583 ** updated to reflect the changes made by the current transaction and
6584 ** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system
6585 ** though, and if a failure occurs at this point it will eventually
6586 ** be used as a hot-journal and the current transaction rolled back.
6587 **
6588 ** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting,
6589 ** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used
6590 ** for hot-journal rollback. Once this is done the transaction is
6591 ** irrevocably committed.
6592 **
6593 ** If an error occurs, an IO error code is returned and the pager
6594 ** moves into the error state. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6595 */
6596 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){
6597   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
6598 
6599   /* This routine should not be called if a prior error has occurred.
6600   ** But if (due to a coding error elsewhere in the system) it does get
6601   ** called, just return the same error code without doing anything. */
6602   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
6603   pPager->iDataVersion++;
6604 
6605   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6606        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
6607        || (pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD)
6608   );
6609   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6610 
6611   /* An optimization. If the database was not actually modified during
6612   ** this transaction, the pager is running in exclusive-mode and is
6613   ** using persistent journals, then this function is a no-op.
6614   **
6615   ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal
6616   ** header with the nRec field set to 0. If such a journal is used as
6617   ** a hot-journal during hot-journal rollback, 0 changes will be made
6618   ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal
6619   ** header. Since the pager is in exclusive mode, there is no need
6620   ** to drop any locks either.
6621   */
6622   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6623    && pPager->exclusiveMode
6624    && pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
6625   ){
6626     assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) || !pPager->journalOff );
6627     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
6628     return SQLITE_OK;
6629   }
6630 
6631   PAGERTRACE(("COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
6632   rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 1);
6633   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
6634 }
6635 
6636 /*
6637 ** If a write transaction is open, then all changes made within the
6638 ** transaction are reverted and the current write-transaction is closed.
6639 ** The pager falls back to PAGER_READER state if successful, or PAGER_ERROR
6640 ** state if an error occurs.
6641 **
6642 ** If the pager is already in PAGER_ERROR state when this function is called,
6643 ** it returns Pager.errCode immediately. No work is performed in this case.
6644 **
6645 ** Otherwise, in rollback mode, this function performs two functions:
6646 **
6647 **   1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and
6648 **      in-memory cache pages to the state they were in when the transaction
6649 **      was opened, and
6650 **
6651 **   2) It finalizes the journal file, so that it is not used for hot
6652 **      rollback at any point in the future.
6653 **
6654 ** Finalization of the journal file (task 2) is only performed if the
6655 ** rollback is successful.
6656 **
6657 ** In WAL mode, all cache-entries containing data modified within the
6658 ** current transaction are either expelled from the cache or reverted to
6659 ** their pre-transaction state by re-reading data from the database or
6660 ** WAL files. The WAL transaction is then closed.
6661 */
6662 int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){
6663   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
6664   PAGERTRACE(("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
6665 
6666   /* PagerRollback() is a no-op if called in READER or OPEN state. If
6667   ** the pager is already in the ERROR state, the rollback is not
6668   ** attempted here. Instead, the error code is returned to the caller.
6669   */
6670   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6671   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ) return pPager->errCode;
6672   if( pPager->eState<=PAGER_READER ) return SQLITE_OK;
6673 
6674   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6675     int rc2;
6676     rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pPager, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, -1);
6677     rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 0);
6678     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
6679   }else if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
6680     int eState = pPager->eState;
6681     rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0);
6682     if( !MEMDB && eState>PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
6683       /* This can happen using journal_mode=off. Move the pager to the error
6684       ** state to indicate that the contents of the cache may not be trusted.
6685       ** Any active readers will get SQLITE_ABORT.
6686       */
6687       pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT;
6688       pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
6689       setGetterMethod(pPager);
6690       return rc;
6691     }
6692   }else{
6693     rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0);
6694   }
6695 
6696   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || rc!=SQLITE_OK );
6697   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_FULL || rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT
6698           || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR
6699           || rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN
6700   );
6701 
6702   /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager
6703   ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error persistent.
6704   */
6705   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
6706 }
6707 
6708 /*
6709 ** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only.  Return FALSE
6710 ** if the database is (in theory) writable.
6711 */
6712 u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager *pPager){
6713   return pPager->readOnly;
6714 }
6715 
6716 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
6717 /*
6718 ** Return the sum of the reference counts for all pages held by pPager.
6719 */
6720 int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager *pPager){
6721   return sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
6722 }
6723 #endif
6724 
6725 /*
6726 ** Return the approximate number of bytes of memory currently
6727 ** used by the pager and its associated cache.
6728 */
6729 int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager *pPager){
6730   int perPageSize = pPager->pageSize + pPager->nExtra + sizeof(PgHdr)
6731                                      + 5*sizeof(void*);
6732   return perPageSize*sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)
6733            + sqlite3MallocSize(pPager)
6734            + pPager->pageSize;
6735 }
6736 
6737 /*
6738 ** Return the number of references to the specified page.
6739 */
6740 int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage *pPage){
6741   return sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPage);
6742 }
6743 
6744 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
6745 /*
6746 ** This routine is used for testing and analysis only.
6747 */
6748 int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager *pPager){
6749   static int a[11];
6750   a[0] = sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
6751   a[1] = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache);
6752   a[2] = sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(pPager->pPCache);
6753   a[3] = pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? -1 : (int) pPager->dbSize;
6754   a[4] = pPager->eState;
6755   a[5] = pPager->errCode;
6756   a[6] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT];
6757   a[7] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS];
6758   a[8] = 0;  /* Used to be pPager->nOvfl */
6759   a[9] = pPager->nRead;
6760   a[10] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE];
6761   return a;
6762 }
6763 #endif
6764 
6765 /*
6766 ** Parameter eStat must be one of SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, _MISS, _WRITE,
6767 ** or _WRITE+1.  The SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE+1 case is a translation
6768 ** of SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_SPILL.  The _SPILL case is not contiguous because
6769 ** it was added later.
6770 **
6771 ** Before returning, *pnVal is incremented by the
6772 ** current cache hit or miss count, according to the value of eStat. If the
6773 ** reset parameter is non-zero, the cache hit or miss count is zeroed before
6774 ** returning.
6775 */
6776 void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *pPager, int eStat, int reset, int *pnVal){
6777 
6778   assert( eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT
6779        || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS
6780        || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE
6781        || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE+1
6782   );
6783 
6784   assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+1==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS );
6785   assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+2==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE );
6786   assert( PAGER_STAT_HIT==0 && PAGER_STAT_MISS==1
6787            && PAGER_STAT_WRITE==2 && PAGER_STAT_SPILL==3 );
6788 
6789   eStat -= SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT;
6790   *pnVal += pPager->aStat[eStat];
6791   if( reset ){
6792     pPager->aStat[eStat] = 0;
6793   }
6794 }
6795 
6796 /*
6797 ** Return true if this is an in-memory or temp-file backed pager.
6798 */
6799 int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager *pPager){
6800   return pPager->tempFile;
6801 }
6802 
6803 /*
6804 ** Check that there are at least nSavepoint savepoints open. If there are
6805 ** currently less than nSavepoints open, then open one or more savepoints
6806 ** to make up the difference. If the number of savepoints is already
6807 ** equal to nSavepoint, then this function is a no-op.
6808 **
6809 ** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error
6810 ** occurs while opening the sub-journal file, then an IO error code is
6811 ** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
6812 */
6813 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){
6814   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                       /* Return code */
6815   int nCurrent = pPager->nSavepoint;        /* Current number of savepoints */
6816   int ii;                                   /* Iterator variable */
6817   PagerSavepoint *aNew;                     /* New Pager.aSavepoint array */
6818 
6819   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
6820   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6821   assert( nSavepoint>nCurrent && pPager->useJournal );
6822 
6823   /* Grow the Pager.aSavepoint array using realloc(). Return SQLITE_NOMEM
6824   ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a
6825   ** malloc failure occurs while populating it in the for(...) loop below.
6826   */
6827   aNew = (PagerSavepoint *)sqlite3Realloc(
6828       pPager->aSavepoint, sizeof(PagerSavepoint)*nSavepoint
6829   );
6830   if( !aNew ){
6831     return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
6832   }
6833   memset(&aNew[nCurrent], 0, (nSavepoint-nCurrent) * sizeof(PagerSavepoint));
6834   pPager->aSavepoint = aNew;
6835 
6836   /* Populate the PagerSavepoint structures just allocated. */
6837   for(ii=nCurrent; ii<nSavepoint; ii++){
6838     aNew[ii].nOrig = pPager->dbSize;
6839     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0 ){
6840       aNew[ii].iOffset = pPager->journalOff;
6841     }else{
6842       aNew[ii].iOffset = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
6843     }
6844     aNew[ii].iSubRec = pPager->nSubRec;
6845     aNew[ii].pInSavepoint = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
6846     if( !aNew[ii].pInSavepoint ){
6847       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
6848     }
6849     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6850       sqlite3WalSavepoint(pPager->pWal, aNew[ii].aWalData);
6851     }
6852     pPager->nSavepoint = ii+1;
6853   }
6854   assert( pPager->nSavepoint==nSavepoint );
6855   assertTruncateConstraint(pPager);
6856   return rc;
6857 }
6858 int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){
6859   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
6860   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6861 
6862   if( nSavepoint>pPager->nSavepoint && pPager->useJournal ){
6863     return pagerOpenSavepoint(pPager, nSavepoint);
6864   }else{
6865     return SQLITE_OK;
6866   }
6867 }
6868 
6869 
6870 /*
6871 ** This function is called to rollback or release (commit) a savepoint.
6872 ** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently
6873 ** created savepoint.
6874 **
6875 ** Parameter op is always either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE.
6876 ** If it is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then release and destroy the savepoint with
6877 ** index iSavepoint. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then rollback all changes
6878 ** that have occurred since the specified savepoint was created.
6879 **
6880 ** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter
6881 ** iSavepoint. A value of 0 means to operate on the outermost savepoint
6882 ** (the first created). A value of (Pager.nSavepoint-1) means operate
6883 ** on the most recently created savepoint. If iSavepoint is greater than
6884 ** (Pager.nSavepoint-1), then this function is a no-op.
6885 **
6886 ** If a negative value is passed to this function, then the current
6887 ** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling
6888 ** sqlite3PagerRollback() because this function does not terminate
6889 ** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the
6890 ** contents of the database to its original state.
6891 **
6892 ** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint
6893 ** are destroyed. If this is a release operation (op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE),
6894 ** then savepoint iSavepoint is also destroyed.
6895 **
6896 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation fails,
6897 ** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a
6898 ** savepoint. If no errors occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6899 */
6900 int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){
6901   int rc = pPager->errCode;
6902 
6903 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
6904   if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
6905 #endif
6906 
6907   assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
6908   assert( iSavepoint>=0 || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
6909 
6910   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iSavepoint<pPager->nSavepoint ){
6911     int ii;            /* Iterator variable */
6912     int nNew;          /* Number of remaining savepoints after this op. */
6913 
6914     /* Figure out how many savepoints will still be active after this
6915     ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated
6916     ** with any savepoints that are destroyed by this operation.
6917     */
6918     nNew = iSavepoint + (( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) ? 0 : 1);
6919     for(ii=nNew; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
6920       sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
6921     }
6922     pPager->nSavepoint = nNew;
6923 
6924     /* If this is a release of the outermost savepoint, truncate
6925     ** the sub-journal to zero bytes in size. */
6926     if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
6927       if( nNew==0 && isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
6928         /* Only truncate if it is an in-memory sub-journal. */
6929         if( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->sjfd) ){
6930           rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->sjfd, 0);
6931           assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
6932         }
6933         pPager->nSubRec = 0;
6934       }
6935     }
6936     /* Else this is a rollback operation, playback the specified savepoint.
6937     ** If this is a temp-file, it is possible that the journal file has
6938     ** not yet been opened. In this case there have been no changes to
6939     ** the database file, so the playback operation can be skipped.
6940     */
6941     else if( pagerUseWal(pPager) || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
6942       PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint = (nNew==0)?0:&pPager->aSavepoint[nNew-1];
6943       rc = pagerPlaybackSavepoint(pPager, pSavepoint);
6944       assert(rc!=SQLITE_DONE);
6945     }
6946 
6947 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
6948     /* If the cache has been modified but the savepoint cannot be rolled
6949     ** back journal_mode=off, put the pager in the error state. This way,
6950     ** if the VFS used by this pager includes ZipVFS, the entire transaction
6951     ** can be rolled back at the ZipVFS level.  */
6952     else if(
6953         pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
6954      && pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6955     ){
6956       pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT;
6957       pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
6958       setGetterMethod(pPager);
6959     }
6960 #endif
6961   }
6962 
6963   return rc;
6964 }
6965 
6966 /*
6967 ** Return the full pathname of the database file.
6968 **
6969 ** Except, if the pager is in-memory only, then return an empty string if
6970 ** nullIfMemDb is true.  This routine is called with nullIfMemDb==1 when
6971 ** used to report the filename to the user, for compatibility with legacy
6972 ** behavior.  But when the Btree needs to know the filename for matching to
6973 ** shared cache, it uses nullIfMemDb==0 so that in-memory databases can
6974 ** participate in shared-cache.
6975 **
6976 ** The return value to this routine is always safe to use with
6977 ** sqlite3_uri_parameter() and sqlite3_filename_database() and friends.
6978 */
6979 const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(const Pager *pPager, int nullIfMemDb){
6980   static const char zFake[8] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
6981   return (nullIfMemDb && pPager->memDb) ? &zFake[4] : pPager->zFilename;
6982 }
6983 
6984 /*
6985 ** Return the VFS structure for the pager.
6986 */
6987 sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager *pPager){
6988   return pPager->pVfs;
6989 }
6990 
6991 /*
6992 ** Return the file handle for the database file associated
6993 ** with the pager.  This might return NULL if the file has
6994 ** not yet been opened.
6995 */
6996 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager *pPager){
6997   return pPager->fd;
6998 }
6999 
7000 /*
7001 ** Return the file handle for the journal file (if it exists).
7002 ** This will be either the rollback journal or the WAL file.
7003 */
7004 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerJrnlFile(Pager *pPager){
7005 #if SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
7006   return pPager->jfd;
7007 #else
7008   return pPager->pWal ? sqlite3WalFile(pPager->pWal) : pPager->jfd;
7009 #endif
7010 }
7011 
7012 /*
7013 ** Return the full pathname of the journal file.
7014 */
7015 const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager *pPager){
7016   return pPager->zJournal;
7017 }
7018 
7019 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
7020 /*
7021 ** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file.
7022 **
7023 ** There must be no references to the page previously located at
7024 ** pgno (which we call pPgOld) though that page is allowed to be
7025 ** in cache.  If the page previously located at pgno is not already
7026 ** in the rollback journal, it is not put there by by this routine.
7027 **
7028 ** References to the page pPg remain valid. Updating any
7029 ** meta-data associated with pPg (i.e. data stored in the nExtra bytes
7030 ** allocated along with the page) is the responsibility of the caller.
7031 **
7032 ** A transaction must be active when this routine is called. It used to be
7033 ** required that a statement transaction was not active, but this restriction
7034 ** has been removed (CREATE INDEX needs to move a page when a statement
7035 ** transaction is active).
7036 **
7037 ** If the fourth argument, isCommit, is non-zero, then this page is being
7038 ** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction
7039 ** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page
7040 ** pPg refers to will not be written to again within this transaction.
7041 **
7042 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code if an error
7043 ** occurs. Otherwise, it returns SQLITE_OK.
7044 */
7045 int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, int isCommit){
7046   PgHdr *pPgOld;               /* The page being overwritten. */
7047   Pgno needSyncPgno = 0;       /* Old value of pPg->pgno, if sync is required */
7048   int rc;                      /* Return code */
7049   Pgno origPgno;               /* The original page number */
7050 
7051   assert( pPg->nRef>0 );
7052   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
7053        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
7054   );
7055   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
7056 
7057   /* In order to be able to rollback, an in-memory database must journal
7058   ** the page we are moving from.
7059   */
7060   assert( pPager->tempFile || !MEMDB );
7061   if( pPager->tempFile ){
7062     rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg);
7063     if( rc ) return rc;
7064   }
7065 
7066   /* If the page being moved is dirty and has not been saved by the latest
7067   ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the
7068   ** sub-journal now. This is required to handle the following scenario:
7069   **
7070   **   BEGIN;
7071   **     <journal page X, then modify it in memory>
7072   **     SAVEPOINT one;
7073   **       <Move page X to location Y>
7074   **     ROLLBACK TO one;
7075   **
7076   ** If page X were not written to the sub-journal here, it would not
7077   ** be possible to restore its contents when the "ROLLBACK TO one"
7078   ** statement were is processed.
7079   **
7080   ** subjournalPage() may need to allocate space to store pPg->pgno into
7081   ** one or more savepoint bitvecs. This is the reason this function
7082   ** may return SQLITE_NOMEM.
7083   */
7084   if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY)!=0
7085    && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg))
7086   ){
7087     return rc;
7088   }
7089 
7090   PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n",
7091       PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0, pgno));
7092   IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno))
7093 
7094   /* If the journal needs to be sync()ed before page pPg->pgno can
7095   ** be written to, store pPg->pgno in local variable needSyncPgno.
7096   **
7097   ** If the isCommit flag is set, there is no need to remember that
7098   ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno
7099   ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to it.
7100   */
7101   if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) && !isCommit ){
7102     needSyncPgno = pPg->pgno;
7103     assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ||
7104             pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize );
7105     assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
7106   }
7107 
7108   /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it
7109   ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for
7110   ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained
7111   ** for the page moved there.
7112   */
7113   pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
7114   pPgOld = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
7115   assert( !pPgOld || pPgOld->nRef==1 || CORRUPT_DB );
7116   if( pPgOld ){
7117     if( pPgOld->nRef>1 ){
7118       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgOld);
7119       return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
7120     }
7121     pPg->flags |= (pPgOld->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC);
7122     if( pPager->tempFile ){
7123       /* Do not discard pages from an in-memory database since we might
7124       ** need to rollback later.  Just move the page out of the way. */
7125       sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, pPager->dbSize+1);
7126     }else{
7127       sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPgOld);
7128     }
7129   }
7130 
7131   origPgno = pPg->pgno;
7132   sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, pgno);
7133   sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
7134 
7135   /* For an in-memory database, make sure the original page continues
7136   ** to exist, in case the transaction needs to roll back.  Use pPgOld
7137   ** as the original page since it has already been allocated.
7138   */
7139   if( pPager->tempFile && pPgOld ){
7140     sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, origPgno);
7141     sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgOld);
7142   }
7143 
7144   if( needSyncPgno ){
7145     /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be
7146     ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno.
7147     ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the
7148     ** "is journaled" bitvec flag has been set. This needs to be remedied by
7149     ** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
7150     ** flag.
7151     **
7152     ** If the attempt to load the page into the page-cache fails, (due
7153     ** to a malloc() or IO failure), clear the bit in the pInJournal[]
7154     ** array. Otherwise, if the page is loaded and written again in
7155     ** this transaction, it may be written to the database file before
7156     ** it is synced into the journal file. This way, it may end up in
7157     ** the journal file twice, but that is not a problem.
7158     */
7159     PgHdr *pPgHdr;
7160     rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, needSyncPgno, &pPgHdr, 0);
7161     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
7162       if( needSyncPgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
7163         assert( pPager->pTmpSpace!=0 );
7164         sqlite3BitvecClear(pPager->pInJournal, needSyncPgno, pPager->pTmpSpace);
7165       }
7166       return rc;
7167     }
7168     pPgHdr->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
7169     sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPgHdr);
7170     sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgHdr);
7171   }
7172 
7173   return SQLITE_OK;
7174 }
7175 #endif
7176 
7177 /*
7178 ** The page handle passed as the first argument refers to a dirty page
7179 ** with a page number other than iNew. This function changes the page's
7180 ** page number to iNew and sets the value of the PgHdr.flags field to
7181 ** the value passed as the third parameter.
7182 */
7183 void sqlite3PagerRekey(DbPage *pPg, Pgno iNew, u16 flags){
7184   assert( pPg->pgno!=iNew );
7185   pPg->flags = flags;
7186   sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, iNew);
7187 }
7188 
7189 /*
7190 ** Return a pointer to the data for the specified page.
7191 */
7192 void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *pPg){
7193   assert( pPg->nRef>0 || pPg->pPager->memDb );
7194   return pPg->pData;
7195 }
7196 
7197 /*
7198 ** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space
7199 ** allocated along with the specified page.
7200 */
7201 void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){
7202   return pPg->pExtra;
7203 }
7204 
7205 /*
7206 ** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one
7207 ** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
7208 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then
7209 ** the locking-mode is set to the value specified.
7210 **
7211 ** The returned value is either PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
7212 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE, indicating the current (possibly updated)
7213 ** locking-mode.
7214 */
7215 int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
7216   assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY
7217             || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
7218             || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
7219   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY<0 );
7220   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE>=0 );
7221   assert( pPager->exclusiveMode || 0==sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) );
7222   if( eMode>=0 && !pPager->tempFile && !sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ){
7223     pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)eMode;
7224   }
7225   return (int)pPager->exclusiveMode;
7226 }
7227 
7228 /*
7229 ** Set the journal-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one of:
7230 **
7231 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
7232 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
7233 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
7234 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
7235 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
7236 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
7237 **
7238 ** The journalmode is set to the value specified if the change is allowed.
7239 ** The change may be disallowed for the following reasons:
7240 **
7241 **   *  An in-memory database can only have its journal_mode set to _OFF
7242 **      or _MEMORY.
7243 **
7244 **   *  Temporary databases cannot have _WAL journalmode.
7245 **
7246 ** The returned indicate the current (possibly updated) journal-mode.
7247 */
7248 int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
7249   u8 eOld = pPager->journalMode;    /* Prior journalmode */
7250 
7251   /* The eMode parameter is always valid */
7252   assert(      eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
7253             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
7254             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
7255             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
7256             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
7257             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY );
7258 
7259   /* This routine is only called from the OP_JournalMode opcode, and
7260   ** the logic there will never allow a temporary file to be changed
7261   ** to WAL mode.
7262   */
7263   assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
7264 
7265   /* Do allow the journalmode of an in-memory database to be set to
7266   ** anything other than MEMORY or OFF
7267   */
7268   if( MEMDB ){
7269     assert( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF );
7270     if( eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY && eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
7271       eMode = eOld;
7272     }
7273   }
7274 
7275   if( eMode!=eOld ){
7276 
7277     /* Change the journal mode. */
7278     assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
7279     pPager->journalMode = (u8)eMode;
7280 
7281     /* When transistioning from TRUNCATE or PERSIST to any other journal
7282     ** mode except WAL, unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode,
7283     ** delete the journal file.
7284     */
7285     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
7286     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 );
7287     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)==0 );
7288     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)==4 );
7289     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)==0 );
7290     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)==5 );
7291 
7292     assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->exclusiveMode );
7293     if( !pPager->exclusiveMode && (eOld & 5)==1 && (eMode & 1)==0 ){
7294 
7295       /* In this case we would like to delete the journal file. If it is
7296       ** not possible, then that is not a problem. Deleting the journal file
7297       ** here is an optimization only.
7298       **
7299       ** Before deleting the journal file, obtain a RESERVED lock on the
7300       ** database file. This ensures that the journal file is not deleted
7301       ** while it is in use by some other client.
7302       */
7303       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
7304       if( pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
7305         sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
7306       }else{
7307         int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7308         int state = pPager->eState;
7309         assert( state==PAGER_OPEN || state==PAGER_READER );
7310         if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
7311           rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pPager);
7312         }
7313         if( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ){
7314           assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
7315           rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
7316         }
7317         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7318           sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
7319         }
7320         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && state==PAGER_READER ){
7321           pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7322         }else if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
7323           pager_unlock(pPager);
7324         }
7325         assert( state==pPager->eState );
7326       }
7327     }else if( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
7328       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
7329     }
7330   }
7331 
7332   /* Return the new journal mode */
7333   return (int)pPager->journalMode;
7334 }
7335 
7336 /*
7337 ** Return the current journal mode.
7338 */
7339 int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
7340   return (int)pPager->journalMode;
7341 }
7342 
7343 /*
7344 ** Return TRUE if the pager is in a state where it is OK to change the
7345 ** journalmode.  Journalmode changes can only happen when the database
7346 ** is unmodified.
7347 */
7348 int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
7349   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
7350   if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return 0;
7351   if( NEVER(isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0) ) return 0;
7352   return 1;
7353 }
7354 
7355 /*
7356 ** Get/set the size-limit used for persistent journal files.
7357 **
7358 ** Setting the size limit to -1 means no limit is enforced.
7359 ** An attempt to set a limit smaller than -1 is a no-op.
7360 */
7361 i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *pPager, i64 iLimit){
7362   if( iLimit>=-1 ){
7363     pPager->journalSizeLimit = iLimit;
7364     sqlite3WalLimit(pPager->pWal, iLimit);
7365   }
7366   return pPager->journalSizeLimit;
7367 }
7368 
7369 /*
7370 ** Return a pointer to the pPager->pBackup variable. The backup module
7371 ** in backup.c maintains the content of this variable. This module
7372 ** uses it opaquely as an argument to sqlite3BackupRestart() and
7373 ** sqlite3BackupUpdate() only.
7374 */
7375 sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager *pPager){
7376   return &pPager->pBackup;
7377 }
7378 
7379 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM
7380 /*
7381 ** Unless this is an in-memory or temporary database, clear the pager cache.
7382 */
7383 void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager *pPager){
7384   assert( MEMDB==0 || pPager->tempFile );
7385   if( pPager->tempFile==0 ) pager_reset(pPager);
7386 }
7387 #endif
7388 
7389 
7390 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
7391 /*
7392 ** This function is called when the user invokes "PRAGMA wal_checkpoint",
7393 ** "PRAGMA wal_blocking_checkpoint" or calls the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint()
7394 ** or wal_blocking_checkpoint() API functions.
7395 **
7396 ** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART.
7397 */
7398 int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(
7399   Pager *pPager,                  /* Checkpoint on this pager */
7400   sqlite3 *db,                    /* Db handle used to check for interrupts */
7401   int eMode,                      /* Type of checkpoint */
7402   int *pnLog,                     /* OUT: Final number of frames in log */
7403   int *pnCkpt                     /* OUT: Final number of checkpointed frames */
7404 ){
7405   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7406   if( pPager->pWal ){
7407     rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pPager->pWal, db, eMode,
7408         (eMode==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ? 0 : pPager->xBusyHandler),
7409         pPager->pBusyHandlerArg,
7410         pPager->walSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace,
7411         pnLog, pnCkpt
7412     );
7413   }
7414   return rc;
7415 }
7416 
7417 int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager){
7418   return sqlite3WalCallback(pPager->pWal);
7419 }
7420 
7421 /*
7422 ** Return true if the underlying VFS for the given pager supports the
7423 ** primitives necessary for write-ahead logging.
7424 */
7425 int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager){
7426   const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods = pPager->fd->pMethods;
7427   if( pPager->noLock ) return 0;
7428   return pPager->exclusiveMode || (pMethods->iVersion>=2 && pMethods->xShmMap);
7429 }
7430 
7431 /*
7432 ** Attempt to take an exclusive lock on the database file. If a PENDING lock
7433 ** is obtained instead, immediately release it.
7434 */
7435 static int pagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
7436   int rc;                         /* Return code */
7437 
7438   assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
7439   rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
7440   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
7441     /* If the attempt to grab the exclusive lock failed, release the
7442     ** pending lock that may have been obtained instead.  */
7443     pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7444   }
7445 
7446   return rc;
7447 }
7448 
7449 /*
7450 ** Call sqlite3WalOpen() to open the WAL handle. If the pager is in
7451 ** exclusive-locking mode when this function is called, take an EXCLUSIVE
7452 ** lock on the database file and use heap-memory to store the wal-index
7453 ** in. Otherwise, use the normal shared-memory.
7454 */
7455 static int pagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager){
7456   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7457 
7458   assert( pPager->pWal==0 && pPager->tempFile==0 );
7459   assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
7460 
7461   /* If the pager is already in exclusive-mode, the WAL module will use
7462   ** heap-memory for the wal-index instead of the VFS shared-memory
7463   ** implementation. Take the exclusive lock now, before opening the WAL
7464   ** file, to make sure this is safe.
7465   */
7466   if( pPager->exclusiveMode ){
7467     rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
7468   }
7469 
7470   /* Open the connection to the log file. If this operation fails,
7471   ** (e.g. due to malloc() failure), return an error code.
7472   */
7473   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7474     rc = sqlite3WalOpen(pPager->pVfs,
7475         pPager->fd, pPager->zWal, pPager->exclusiveMode,
7476         pPager->journalSizeLimit, &pPager->pWal
7477     );
7478   }
7479   pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
7480 
7481   return rc;
7482 }
7483 
7484 
7485 /*
7486 ** The caller must be holding a SHARED lock on the database file to call
7487 ** this function.
7488 **
7489 ** If the pager passed as the first argument is open on a real database
7490 ** file (not a temp file or an in-memory database), and the WAL file
7491 ** is not already open, make an attempt to open it now. If successful,
7492 ** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs or the VFS used by the pager does
7493 ** not support the xShmXXX() methods, return an error code. *pbOpen is
7494 ** not modified in either case.
7495 **
7496 ** If the pager is open on a temp-file (or in-memory database), or if
7497 ** the WAL file is already open, set *pbOpen to 1 and return SQLITE_OK
7498 ** without doing anything.
7499 */
7500 int sqlite3PagerOpenWal(
7501   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
7502   int *pbOpen                     /* OUT: Set to true if call is a no-op */
7503 ){
7504   int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
7505 
7506   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
7507   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN   || pbOpen );
7508   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || !pbOpen );
7509   assert( pbOpen==0 || *pbOpen==0 );
7510   assert( pbOpen!=0 || (!pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal) );
7511 
7512   if( !pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal ){
7513     if( !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager) ) return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
7514 
7515     /* Close any rollback journal previously open */
7516     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
7517 
7518     rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
7519     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7520       pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL;
7521       pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
7522     }
7523   }else{
7524     *pbOpen = 1;
7525   }
7526 
7527   return rc;
7528 }
7529 
7530 /*
7531 ** This function is called to close the connection to the log file prior
7532 ** to switching from WAL to rollback mode.
7533 **
7534 ** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an
7535 ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. If this cannot be obtained, an
7536 ** error (SQLITE_BUSY) is returned and the log connection is not closed.
7537 ** If successful, the EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning.
7538 */
7539 int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){
7540   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7541 
7542   assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
7543 
7544   /* If the log file is not already open, but does exist in the file-system,
7545   ** it may need to be checkpointed before the connection can switch to
7546   ** rollback mode. Open it now so this can happen.
7547   */
7548   if( !pPager->pWal ){
7549     int logexists = 0;
7550     rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7551     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7552       rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
7553           pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &logexists
7554       );
7555     }
7556     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && logexists ){
7557       rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
7558     }
7559   }
7560 
7561   /* Checkpoint and close the log. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock is held on
7562   ** the database file, the log and log-summary files will be deleted.
7563   */
7564   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pWal ){
7565     rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
7566     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7567       rc = sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, db, pPager->walSyncFlags,
7568                            pPager->pageSize, (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace);
7569       pPager->pWal = 0;
7570       pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
7571       if( rc && !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7572     }
7573   }
7574   return rc;
7575 }
7576 
7577 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT
7578 /*
7579 ** If pager pPager is a wal-mode database not in exclusive locking mode,
7580 ** invoke the sqlite3WalWriteLock() function on the associated Wal object
7581 ** with the same db and bLock parameters as were passed to this function.
7582 ** Return an SQLite error code if an error occurs, or SQLITE_OK otherwise.
7583 */
7584 int sqlite3PagerWalWriteLock(Pager *pPager, int bLock){
7585   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7586   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->exclusiveMode==0 ){
7587     rc = sqlite3WalWriteLock(pPager->pWal, bLock);
7588   }
7589   return rc;
7590 }
7591 
7592 /*
7593 ** Set the database handle used by the wal layer to determine if
7594 ** blocking locks are required.
7595 */
7596 void sqlite3PagerWalDb(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){
7597   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
7598     sqlite3WalDb(pPager->pWal, db);
7599   }
7600 }
7601 #endif
7602 
7603 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT
7604 /*
7605 ** If this is a WAL database, obtain a snapshot handle for the snapshot
7606 ** currently open. Otherwise, return an error.
7607 */
7608 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotGet(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot){
7609   int rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
7610   if( pPager->pWal ){
7611     rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotGet(pPager->pWal, ppSnapshot);
7612   }
7613   return rc;
7614 }
7615 
7616 /*
7617 ** If this is a WAL database, store a pointer to pSnapshot. Next time a
7618 ** read transaction is opened, attempt to read from the snapshot it
7619 ** identifies. If this is not a WAL database, return an error.
7620 */
7621 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen(
7622   Pager *pPager,
7623   sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot
7624 ){
7625   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7626   if( pPager->pWal ){
7627     sqlite3WalSnapshotOpen(pPager->pWal, pSnapshot);
7628   }else{
7629     rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
7630   }
7631   return rc;
7632 }
7633 
7634 /*
7635 ** If this is a WAL database, call sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(). If this
7636 ** is not a WAL database, return an error.
7637 */
7638 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotRecover(Pager *pPager){
7639   int rc;
7640   if( pPager->pWal ){
7641     rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(pPager->pWal);
7642   }else{
7643     rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
7644   }
7645   return rc;
7646 }
7647 
7648 /*
7649 ** The caller currently has a read transaction open on the database.
7650 ** If this is not a WAL database, SQLITE_ERROR is returned. Otherwise,
7651 ** this function takes a SHARED lock on the CHECKPOINTER slot and then
7652 ** checks if the snapshot passed as the second argument is still
7653 ** available. If so, SQLITE_OK is returned.
7654 **
7655 ** If the snapshot is not available, SQLITE_ERROR is returned. Or, if
7656 ** the CHECKPOINTER lock cannot be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY. If any error
7657 ** occurs (any value other than SQLITE_OK is returned), the CHECKPOINTER
7658 ** lock is released before returning.
7659 */
7660 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotCheck(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot){
7661   int rc;
7662   if( pPager->pWal ){
7663     rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotCheck(pPager->pWal, pSnapshot);
7664   }else{
7665     rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
7666   }
7667   return rc;
7668 }
7669 
7670 /*
7671 ** Release a lock obtained by an earlier successful call to
7672 ** sqlite3PagerSnapshotCheck().
7673 */
7674 void sqlite3PagerSnapshotUnlock(Pager *pPager){
7675   assert( pPager->pWal );
7676   sqlite3WalSnapshotUnlock(pPager->pWal);
7677 }
7678 
7679 #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT */
7680 #endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
7681 
7682 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
7683 /*
7684 ** A read-lock must be held on the pager when this function is called. If
7685 ** the pager is in WAL mode and the WAL file currently contains one or more
7686 ** frames, return the size in bytes of the page images stored within the
7687 ** WAL frames. Otherwise, if this is not a WAL database or the WAL file
7688 ** is empty, return 0.
7689 */
7690 int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){
7691   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
7692   return sqlite3WalFramesize(pPager->pWal);
7693 }
7694 #endif
7695 
7696 #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */
7697